Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in gdb
mdebugread.c revision 1.1.1.1
      1  1.1  christos /* Read a symbol table in ECOFF format (Third-Eye).
      2  1.1  christos 
      3  1.1  christos    Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4  1.1  christos 
      5  1.1  christos    Original version contributed by Alessandro Forin (af (at) cs.cmu.edu) at
      6  1.1  christos    CMU.  Major work by Per Bothner, John Gilmore and Ian Lance Taylor
      7  1.1  christos    at Cygnus Support.
      8  1.1  christos 
      9  1.1  christos    This file is part of GDB.
     10  1.1  christos 
     11  1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12  1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13  1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     14  1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     15  1.1  christos 
     16  1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17  1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18  1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19  1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20  1.1  christos 
     21  1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22  1.1  christos    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
     23  1.1  christos 
     24  1.1  christos /* This module provides the function mdebug_build_psymtabs.  It reads
     25  1.1  christos    ECOFF debugging information into partial symbol tables.  The
     26  1.1  christos    debugging information is read from two structures.  A struct
     27  1.1  christos    ecoff_debug_swap includes the sizes of each ECOFF structure and
     28  1.1  christos    swapping routines; these are fixed for a particular target.  A
     29  1.1  christos    struct ecoff_debug_info points to the debugging information for a
     30  1.1  christos    particular object file.
     31  1.1  christos 
     32  1.1  christos    ECOFF symbol tables are mostly written in the byte order of the
     33  1.1  christos    target machine.  However, one section of the table (the auxiliary
     34  1.1  christos    symbol information) is written in the host byte order.  There is a
     35  1.1  christos    bit in the other symbol info which describes which host byte order
     36  1.1  christos    was used.  ECOFF thereby takes the trophy from Intel `b.out' for
     37  1.1  christos    the most brain-dead adaptation of a file format to byte order.
     38  1.1  christos 
     39  1.1  christos    This module can read all four of the known byte-order combinations,
     40  1.1  christos    on any type of host.  */
     41  1.1  christos 
     42  1.1  christos #include "defs.h"
     43  1.1  christos #include "symtab.h"
     44  1.1  christos #include "gdbtypes.h"
     45  1.1  christos #include "gdbcore.h"
     46  1.1  christos #include "filenames.h"
     47  1.1  christos #include "objfiles.h"
     48  1.1  christos #include "gdb_obstack.h"
     49  1.1  christos #include "buildsym.h"
     50  1.1  christos #include "stabsread.h"
     51  1.1  christos #include "complaints.h"
     52  1.1  christos #include "demangle.h"
     53  1.1  christos #include "gdb-demangle.h"
     54  1.1  christos #include "gdb_assert.h"
     55  1.1  christos #include "block.h"
     56  1.1  christos #include "dictionary.h"
     57  1.1  christos #include "mdebugread.h"
     58  1.1  christos #include <sys/stat.h>
     59  1.1  christos #include <string.h>
     60  1.1  christos #include "psympriv.h"
     61  1.1  christos #include "source.h"
     62  1.1  christos 
     63  1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     64  1.1  christos 
     65  1.1  christos #include "coff/ecoff.h"		/* COFF-like aspects of ecoff files.  */
     66  1.1  christos 
     67  1.1  christos #include "libaout.h"		/* Private BFD a.out information.  */
     68  1.1  christos #include "aout/aout64.h"
     69  1.1  christos #include "aout/stab_gnu.h"	/* STABS information.  */
     70  1.1  christos 
     71  1.1  christos #include "expression.h"
     72  1.1  christos 
     73  1.1  christos extern void _initialize_mdebugread (void);
     74  1.1  christos 
     75  1.1  christos /* Provide a way to test if we have both ECOFF and ELF symbol tables.
     76  1.1  christos    We use this define in order to know whether we should override a
     77  1.1  christos    symbol's ECOFF section with its ELF section.  This is necessary in
     78  1.1  christos    case the symbol's ELF section could not be represented in ECOFF.  */
     79  1.1  christos #define ECOFF_IN_ELF(bfd) (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
     80  1.1  christos 			   && bfd_get_section_by_name (bfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
     81  1.1  christos 
     82  1.1  christos /* The objfile we are currently reading.  */
     83  1.1  christos 
     84  1.1  christos static struct objfile *mdebugread_objfile;
     85  1.1  christos 
     86  1.1  christos 
     87  1.1  christos 
     89  1.1  christos /* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field
     90  1.1  christos    of the psymtab.  */
     91  1.1  christos 
     92  1.1  christos struct symloc
     93  1.1  christos   {
     94  1.1  christos     /* Index of the FDR that this psymtab represents.  */
     95  1.1  christos     int fdr_idx;
     96  1.1  christos     /* The BFD that the psymtab was created from.  */
     97  1.1  christos     bfd *cur_bfd;
     98  1.1  christos     const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
     99  1.1  christos     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
    100  1.1  christos     struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
    101  1.1  christos     /* Pointer to external symbols for this file.  */
    102  1.1  christos     EXTR *extern_tab;
    103  1.1  christos     /* Size of extern_tab.  */
    104  1.1  christos     int extern_count;
    105  1.1  christos     enum language pst_language;
    106  1.1  christos   };
    107  1.1  christos 
    108  1.1  christos #define PST_PRIVATE(p) ((struct symloc *)(p)->read_symtab_private)
    109  1.1  christos #define FDR_IDX(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->fdr_idx)
    110  1.1  christos #define CUR_BFD(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->cur_bfd)
    111  1.1  christos #define DEBUG_SWAP(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_swap)
    112  1.1  christos #define DEBUG_INFO(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->debug_info)
    113  1.1  christos #define PENDING_LIST(p) (PST_PRIVATE(p)->pending_list)
    114  1.1  christos 
    115  1.1  christos #define SC_IS_TEXT(sc) ((sc) == scText \
    116  1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scRConst \
    117  1.1  christos           	   || (sc) == scInit \
    118  1.1  christos           	   || (sc) == scFini)
    119  1.1  christos #define SC_IS_DATA(sc) ((sc) == scData \
    120  1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scSData \
    121  1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scRData \
    122  1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scPData \
    123  1.1  christos 		   || (sc) == scXData)
    124  1.1  christos #define SC_IS_COMMON(sc) ((sc) == scCommon || (sc) == scSCommon)
    125  1.1  christos #define SC_IS_BSS(sc) ((sc) == scBss)
    126  1.1  christos #define SC_IS_SBSS(sc) ((sc) == scSBss)
    127  1.1  christos #define SC_IS_UNDEF(sc) ((sc) == scUndefined || (sc) == scSUndefined)
    128  1.1  christos 
    129  1.1  christos /* Various complaints about symbol reading that don't abort the process.  */
    131  1.1  christos static void
    132  1.1  christos index_complaint (const char *arg1)
    133  1.1  christos {
    134  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad aux index at symbol %s"), arg1);
    135  1.1  christos }
    136  1.1  christos 
    137  1.1  christos static void
    138  1.1  christos unknown_ext_complaint (const char *arg1)
    139  1.1  christos {
    140  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown external symbol %s"), arg1);
    141  1.1  christos }
    142  1.1  christos 
    143  1.1  christos static void
    144  1.1  christos basic_type_complaint (int arg1, const char *arg2)
    145  1.1  christos {
    146  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("cannot map ECOFF basic type 0x%x for %s"),
    147  1.1  christos 	     arg1, arg2);
    148  1.1  christos }
    149  1.1  christos 
    150  1.1  christos static void
    151  1.1  christos bad_tag_guess_complaint (const char *arg1)
    152  1.1  christos {
    153  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints,
    154  1.1  christos 	     _("guessed tag type of %s incorrectly"), arg1);
    155  1.1  christos }
    156  1.1  christos 
    157  1.1  christos static void
    158  1.1  christos bad_rfd_entry_complaint (const char *arg1, int arg2, int arg3)
    159  1.1  christos {
    160  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad rfd entry for %s: file %d, index %d"),
    161  1.1  christos 	     arg1, arg2, arg3);
    162  1.1  christos }
    163  1.1  christos 
    164  1.1  christos static void
    165  1.1  christos unexpected_type_code_complaint (const char *arg1)
    166  1.1  christos {
    167  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unexpected type code for %s"), arg1);
    168  1.1  christos }
    169  1.1  christos 
    170  1.1  christos /* Macros and extra defs.  */
    171  1.1  christos 
    172  1.1  christos /* Puns: hard to find whether -g was used and how.  */
    173  1.1  christos 
    174  1.1  christos #define MIN_GLEVEL GLEVEL_0
    175  1.1  christos #define compare_glevel(a,b)					\
    176  1.1  christos 	(((a) == GLEVEL_3) ? ((b) < GLEVEL_3) :			\
    177  1.1  christos 	 ((b) == GLEVEL_3) ? -1 : (int)((b) - (a)))
    178  1.1  christos 
    179  1.1  christos /* Things that really are local to this module.  */
    181  1.1  christos 
    182  1.1  christos /* Remember what we deduced to be the source language of this psymtab.  */
    183  1.1  christos 
    184  1.1  christos static enum language psymtab_language = language_unknown;
    185  1.1  christos 
    186  1.1  christos /* Current BFD.  */
    187  1.1  christos 
    188  1.1  christos static bfd *cur_bfd;
    189  1.1  christos 
    190  1.1  christos /* How to parse debugging information for CUR_BFD.  */
    191  1.1  christos 
    192  1.1  christos static const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
    193  1.1  christos 
    194  1.1  christos /* Pointers to debugging information for CUR_BFD.  */
    195  1.1  christos 
    196  1.1  christos static struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
    197  1.1  christos 
    198  1.1  christos /* Pointer to current file decriptor record, and its index.  */
    199  1.1  christos 
    200  1.1  christos static FDR *cur_fdr;
    201  1.1  christos static int cur_fd;
    202  1.1  christos 
    203  1.1  christos /* Index of current symbol.  */
    204  1.1  christos 
    205  1.1  christos static int cur_sdx;
    206  1.1  christos 
    207  1.1  christos /* Note how much "debuggable" this image is.  We would like
    208  1.1  christos    to see at least one FDR with full symbols.  */
    209  1.1  christos 
    210  1.1  christos static int max_gdbinfo;
    211  1.1  christos static int max_glevel;
    212  1.1  christos 
    213  1.1  christos /* When examining .o files, report on undefined symbols.  */
    214  1.1  christos 
    215  1.1  christos static int n_undef_symbols, n_undef_labels, n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs;
    216  1.1  christos 
    217  1.1  christos /* Pseudo symbol to use when putting stabs into the symbol table.  */
    218  1.1  christos 
    219  1.1  christos static char stabs_symbol[] = STABS_SYMBOL;
    220  1.1  christos 
    221  1.1  christos /* Nonzero if we have seen ecoff debugging info for a file.  */
    222  1.1  christos 
    223  1.1  christos static int found_ecoff_debugging_info;
    224  1.1  christos 
    225  1.1  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
    226  1.1  christos 
    227  1.1  christos static int upgrade_type (int, struct type **, int, union aux_ext *,
    228  1.1  christos 			 int, char *);
    229  1.1  christos 
    230  1.1  christos static void parse_partial_symbols (struct objfile *);
    231  1.1  christos 
    232  1.1  christos static int has_opaque_xref (FDR *, SYMR *);
    233  1.1  christos 
    234  1.1  christos static int cross_ref (int, union aux_ext *, struct type **, enum type_code,
    235  1.1  christos 		      char **, int, char *);
    236  1.1  christos 
    237  1.1  christos static struct symbol *new_symbol (char *);
    238  1.1  christos 
    239  1.1  christos static struct type *new_type (char *);
    240  1.1  christos 
    241  1.1  christos enum block_type { FUNCTION_BLOCK, NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK };
    242  1.1  christos 
    243  1.1  christos static struct block *new_block (enum block_type);
    244  1.1  christos 
    245  1.1  christos static struct symtab *new_symtab (const char *, int, struct objfile *);
    246  1.1  christos 
    247  1.1  christos static struct linetable *new_linetable (int);
    248  1.1  christos 
    249  1.1  christos static struct blockvector *new_bvect (int);
    250  1.1  christos 
    251  1.1  christos static struct type *parse_type (int, union aux_ext *, unsigned int, int *,
    252  1.1  christos 				int, char *);
    253  1.1  christos 
    254  1.1  christos static struct symbol *mylookup_symbol (char *, struct block *, domain_enum,
    255  1.1  christos 				       enum address_class);
    256  1.1  christos 
    257  1.1  christos static void sort_blocks (struct symtab *);
    258  1.1  christos 
    259  1.1  christos static struct partial_symtab *new_psymtab (char *, struct objfile *);
    260  1.1  christos 
    261  1.1  christos static void psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct objfile *objfile,
    262  1.1  christos 				 struct partial_symtab *, const char *);
    263  1.1  christos 
    264  1.1  christos static void add_block (struct block *, struct symtab *);
    265  1.1  christos 
    266  1.1  christos static void add_symbol (struct symbol *, struct symtab *, struct block *);
    267  1.1  christos 
    268  1.1  christos static int add_line (struct linetable *, int, CORE_ADDR, int);
    269  1.1  christos 
    270  1.1  christos static struct linetable *shrink_linetable (struct linetable *);
    271  1.1  christos 
    272  1.1  christos static void handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *, FDR *, int,
    273  1.1  christos 					CORE_ADDR);
    274  1.1  christos 
    275  1.1  christos static char *mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *);
    276  1.1  christos 
    277  1.1  christos /* Exported procedure: Builds a symtab from the partial symtab SELF.
    279  1.1  christos    Restores the environment in effect when SELF was created, delegates
    280  1.1  christos    most of the work to an ancillary procedure, and sorts
    281  1.1  christos    and reorders the symtab list at the end.  SELF is not NULL.  */
    282  1.1  christos 
    283  1.1  christos static void
    284  1.1  christos mdebug_read_symtab (struct partial_symtab *self, struct objfile *objfile)
    285  1.1  christos {
    286  1.1  christos   if (info_verbose)
    287  1.1  christos     {
    288  1.1  christos       printf_filtered (_("Reading in symbols for %s..."), self->filename);
    289  1.1  christos       gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
    290  1.1  christos     }
    291  1.1  christos 
    292  1.1  christos   next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
    293  1.1  christos 
    294  1.1  christos   psymtab_to_symtab_1 (objfile, self, self->filename);
    295  1.1  christos 
    296  1.1  christos   /* Match with global symbols.  This only needs to be done once,
    297  1.1  christos      after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in.  */
    298  1.1  christos   scan_file_globals (objfile);
    299  1.1  christos 
    300  1.1  christos   if (info_verbose)
    301  1.1  christos     printf_filtered (_("done.\n"));
    302  1.1  christos }
    303  1.1  christos 
    304  1.1  christos /* File-level interface functions.  */
    306  1.1  christos 
    307  1.1  christos /* Find a file descriptor given its index RF relative to a file CF.  */
    308  1.1  christos 
    309  1.1  christos static FDR *
    310  1.1  christos get_rfd (int cf, int rf)
    311  1.1  christos {
    312  1.1  christos   FDR *fdrs;
    313  1.1  christos   FDR *f;
    314  1.1  christos   RFDT rfd;
    315  1.1  christos 
    316  1.1  christos   fdrs = debug_info->fdr;
    317  1.1  christos   f = fdrs + cf;
    318  1.1  christos   /* Object files do not have the RFD table, all refs are absolute.  */
    319  1.1  christos   if (f->rfdBase == 0)
    320  1.1  christos     return fdrs + rf;
    321  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
    322  1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
    323  1.1  christos 			       + ((f->rfdBase + rf)
    324  1.1  christos 				  * debug_swap->external_rfd_size)),
    325  1.1  christos 			      &rfd);
    326  1.1  christos   return fdrs + rfd;
    327  1.1  christos }
    328  1.1  christos 
    329  1.1  christos /* Return a safer print NAME for a file descriptor.  */
    330  1.1  christos 
    331  1.1  christos static char *
    332  1.1  christos fdr_name (FDR *f)
    333  1.1  christos {
    334  1.1  christos   if (f->rss == -1)
    335  1.1  christos     return "<stripped file>";
    336  1.1  christos   if (f->rss == 0)
    337  1.1  christos     return "<NFY>";
    338  1.1  christos   return debug_info->ss + f->issBase + f->rss;
    339  1.1  christos }
    340  1.1  christos 
    341  1.1  christos 
    342  1.1  christos /* Read in and parse the symtab of the file OBJFILE.  Symbols from
    343  1.1  christos    different sections are relocated via the SECTION_OFFSETS.  */
    344  1.1  christos 
    345  1.1  christos void
    346  1.1  christos mdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
    347  1.1  christos 		       const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap,
    348  1.1  christos 		       struct ecoff_debug_info *info)
    349  1.1  christos {
    350  1.1  christos   cur_bfd = objfile->obfd;
    351  1.1  christos   debug_swap = swap;
    352  1.1  christos   debug_info = info;
    353  1.1  christos 
    354  1.1  christos   stabsread_new_init ();
    355  1.1  christos   buildsym_new_init ();
    356  1.1  christos   free_header_files ();
    357  1.1  christos   init_header_files ();
    358  1.1  christos 
    359  1.1  christos   /* Make sure all the FDR information is swapped in.  */
    360  1.1  christos   if (info->fdr == (FDR *) NULL)
    361  1.1  christos     {
    362  1.1  christos       char *fdr_src;
    363  1.1  christos       char *fdr_end;
    364  1.1  christos       FDR *fdr_ptr;
    365  1.1  christos 
    366  1.1  christos       info->fdr = (FDR *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
    367  1.1  christos 					 (info->symbolic_header.ifdMax
    368  1.1  christos 					  * sizeof (FDR)));
    369  1.1  christos       fdr_src = info->external_fdr;
    370  1.1  christos       fdr_end = (fdr_src
    371  1.1  christos 		 + info->symbolic_header.ifdMax * swap->external_fdr_size);
    372  1.1  christos       fdr_ptr = info->fdr;
    373  1.1  christos       for (; fdr_src < fdr_end; fdr_src += swap->external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
    374  1.1  christos 	(*swap->swap_fdr_in) (objfile->obfd, fdr_src, fdr_ptr);
    375  1.1  christos     }
    376  1.1  christos 
    377  1.1  christos   parse_partial_symbols (objfile);
    378  1.1  christos 
    379  1.1  christos #if 0
    380  1.1  christos   /* Check to make sure file was compiled with -g.  If not, warn the
    381  1.1  christos      user of this limitation.  */
    382  1.1  christos   if (compare_glevel (max_glevel, GLEVEL_2) < 0)
    383  1.1  christos     {
    384  1.1  christos       if (max_gdbinfo == 0)
    385  1.1  christos 	printf_unfiltered (_("\n%s not compiled with -g, "
    386  1.1  christos 			     "debugging support is limited.\n"),
    387  1.1  christos 			   objfile->name);
    388  1.1  christos       printf_unfiltered (_("You should compile with -g2 or "
    389  1.1  christos 			   "-g3 for best debugging support.\n"));
    390  1.1  christos       gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
    391  1.1  christos     }
    392  1.1  christos #endif
    393  1.1  christos }
    394  1.1  christos 
    395  1.1  christos /* Local utilities */
    397  1.1  christos 
    398  1.1  christos /* Map of FDR indexes to partial symtabs.  */
    399  1.1  christos 
    400  1.1  christos struct pst_map
    401  1.1  christos {
    402  1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab *pst;	/* the psymtab proper */
    403  1.1  christos   long n_globals;		/* exported globals (external symbols) */
    404  1.1  christos   long globals_offset;		/* cumulative */
    405  1.1  christos };
    406  1.1  christos 
    407  1.1  christos 
    408  1.1  christos /* Utility stack, used to nest procedures and blocks properly.
    409  1.1  christos    It is a doubly linked list, to avoid too many alloc/free.
    410  1.1  christos    Since we might need it quite a few times it is NOT deallocated
    411  1.1  christos    after use.  */
    412  1.1  christos 
    413  1.1  christos static struct parse_stack
    414  1.1  christos   {
    415  1.1  christos     struct parse_stack *next, *prev;
    416  1.1  christos     struct symtab *cur_st;	/* Current symtab.  */
    417  1.1  christos     struct block *cur_block;	/* Block in it.  */
    418  1.1  christos 
    419  1.1  christos     /* What are we parsing.  stFile, or stBlock are for files and
    420  1.1  christos        blocks.  stProc or stStaticProc means we have seen the start of a
    421  1.1  christos        procedure, but not the start of the block within in.  When we see
    422  1.1  christos        the start of that block, we change it to stNil, without pushing a
    423  1.1  christos        new block, i.e. stNil means both a procedure and a block.  */
    424  1.1  christos 
    425  1.1  christos     int blocktype;
    426  1.1  christos 
    427  1.1  christos     struct type *cur_type;	/* Type we parse fields for.  */
    428  1.1  christos     int cur_field;		/* Field number in cur_type.  */
    429  1.1  christos     CORE_ADDR procadr;		/* Start addres of this procedure.  */
    430  1.1  christos     int numargs;		/* Its argument count.  */
    431  1.1  christos   }
    432  1.1  christos 
    433  1.1  christos  *top_stack;			/* Top stack ptr */
    434  1.1  christos 
    435  1.1  christos 
    436  1.1  christos /* Enter a new lexical context.  */
    437  1.1  christos 
    438  1.1  christos static void
    439  1.1  christos push_parse_stack (void)
    440  1.1  christos {
    441  1.1  christos   struct parse_stack *new;
    442  1.1  christos 
    443  1.1  christos   /* Reuse frames if possible.  */
    444  1.1  christos   if (top_stack && top_stack->prev)
    445  1.1  christos     new = top_stack->prev;
    446  1.1  christos   else
    447  1.1  christos     new = (struct parse_stack *) xzalloc (sizeof (struct parse_stack));
    448  1.1  christos   /* Initialize new frame with previous content.  */
    449  1.1  christos   if (top_stack)
    450  1.1  christos     {
    451  1.1  christos       struct parse_stack *prev = new->prev;
    452  1.1  christos 
    453  1.1  christos       *new = *top_stack;
    454  1.1  christos       top_stack->prev = new;
    455  1.1  christos       new->prev = prev;
    456  1.1  christos       new->next = top_stack;
    457  1.1  christos     }
    458  1.1  christos   top_stack = new;
    459  1.1  christos }
    460  1.1  christos 
    461  1.1  christos /* Exit a lexical context.  */
    462  1.1  christos 
    463  1.1  christos static void
    464  1.1  christos pop_parse_stack (void)
    465  1.1  christos {
    466  1.1  christos   if (!top_stack)
    467  1.1  christos     return;
    468  1.1  christos   if (top_stack->next)
    469  1.1  christos     top_stack = top_stack->next;
    470  1.1  christos }
    471  1.1  christos 
    472  1.1  christos 
    473  1.1  christos /* Cross-references might be to things we haven't looked at
    474  1.1  christos    yet, e.g. type references.  To avoid too many type
    475  1.1  christos    duplications we keep a quick fixup table, an array
    476  1.1  christos    of lists of references indexed by file descriptor.  */
    477  1.1  christos 
    478  1.1  christos struct mdebug_pending
    479  1.1  christos {
    480  1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *next;	/* link */
    481  1.1  christos   char *s;			/* the unswapped symbol */
    482  1.1  christos   struct type *t;		/* its partial type descriptor */
    483  1.1  christos };
    484  1.1  christos 
    485  1.1  christos 
    486  1.1  christos /* The pending information is kept for an entire object file.  We
    487  1.1  christos    allocate the pending information table when we create the partial
    488  1.1  christos    symbols, and we store a pointer to the single table in each
    489  1.1  christos    psymtab.  */
    490  1.1  christos 
    491  1.1  christos static struct mdebug_pending **pending_list;
    492  1.1  christos 
    493  1.1  christos /* Check whether we already saw symbol SH in file FH.  */
    494  1.1  christos 
    495  1.1  christos static struct mdebug_pending *
    496  1.1  christos is_pending_symbol (FDR *fh, char *sh)
    497  1.1  christos {
    498  1.1  christos   int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
    499  1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *p;
    500  1.1  christos 
    501  1.1  christos   /* Linear search is ok, list is typically no more than 10 deep.  */
    502  1.1  christos   for (p = pending_list[f_idx]; p; p = p->next)
    503  1.1  christos     if (p->s == sh)
    504  1.1  christos       break;
    505  1.1  christos   return p;
    506  1.1  christos }
    507  1.1  christos 
    508  1.1  christos /* Add a new symbol SH of type T.  */
    509  1.1  christos 
    510  1.1  christos static void
    511  1.1  christos add_pending (FDR *fh, char *sh, struct type *t)
    512  1.1  christos {
    513  1.1  christos   int f_idx = fh - debug_info->fdr;
    514  1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *p = is_pending_symbol (fh, sh);
    515  1.1  christos 
    516  1.1  christos   /* Make sure we do not make duplicates.  */
    517  1.1  christos   if (!p)
    518  1.1  christos     {
    519  1.1  christos       p = ((struct mdebug_pending *)
    520  1.1  christos 	   obstack_alloc (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
    521  1.1  christos 			  sizeof (struct mdebug_pending)));
    522  1.1  christos       p->s = sh;
    523  1.1  christos       p->t = t;
    524  1.1  christos       p->next = pending_list[f_idx];
    525  1.1  christos       pending_list[f_idx] = p;
    526  1.1  christos     }
    527  1.1  christos }
    528  1.1  christos 
    529  1.1  christos 
    531  1.1  christos /* Parsing Routines proper.  */
    532  1.1  christos 
    533  1.1  christos /* Parse a single symbol.  Mostly just make up a GDB symbol for it.
    534  1.1  christos    For blocks, procedures and types we open a new lexical context.
    535  1.1  christos    This is basically just a big switch on the symbol's type.  Argument
    536  1.1  christos    AX is the base pointer of aux symbols for this file (fh->iauxBase).
    537  1.1  christos    EXT_SH points to the unswapped symbol, which is needed for struct,
    538  1.1  christos    union, etc., types; it is NULL for an EXTR.  BIGEND says whether
    539  1.1  christos    aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.  Return count of
    540  1.1  christos    SYMR's handled (normally one).  */
    541  1.1  christos 
    542  1.1  christos static int
    543  1.1  christos mdebug_reg_to_regnum (struct symbol *sym, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
    544  1.1  christos {
    545  1.1  christos   return gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (gdbarch, SYMBOL_VALUE (sym));
    546  1.1  christos }
    547  1.1  christos 
    548  1.1  christos static const struct symbol_register_ops mdebug_register_funcs = {
    549  1.1  christos   mdebug_reg_to_regnum
    550  1.1  christos };
    551  1.1  christos 
    552  1.1  christos /* The "aclass" indices for computed symbols.  */
    553  1.1  christos 
    554  1.1  christos static int mdebug_register_index;
    555  1.1  christos static int mdebug_regparm_index;
    556  1.1  christos 
    557  1.1  christos static int
    558  1.1  christos parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
    559  1.1  christos 	      struct section_offsets *section_offsets, struct objfile *objfile)
    560  1.1  christos {
    561  1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
    562  1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
    563  1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
    564  1.1  christos   char *name;
    565  1.1  christos   struct symbol *s;
    566  1.1  christos   struct block *b;
    567  1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *pend;
    568  1.1  christos   struct type *t;
    569  1.1  christos   struct field *f;
    570  1.1  christos   int count = 1;
    571  1.1  christos   enum address_class class;
    572  1.1  christos   TIR tir;
    573  1.1  christos   long svalue = sh->value;
    574  1.1  christos   int bitsize;
    575  1.1  christos 
    576  1.1  christos   if (ext_sh == (char *) NULL)
    577  1.1  christos     name = debug_info->ssext + sh->iss;
    578  1.1  christos   else
    579  1.1  christos     name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh->iss;
    580  1.1  christos 
    581  1.1  christos   switch (sh->sc)
    582  1.1  christos     {
    583  1.1  christos     case scText:
    584  1.1  christos     case scRConst:
    585  1.1  christos       /* Do not relocate relative values.
    586  1.1  christos          The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
    587  1.1  christos          corresponding start symbol value.
    588  1.1  christos          The value of a stBlock symbol is the displacement from the
    589  1.1  christos          procedure address.  */
    590  1.1  christos       if (sh->st != stEnd && sh->st != stBlock)
    591  1.1  christos 	sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
    592  1.1  christos       break;
    593  1.1  christos     case scData:
    594  1.1  christos     case scSData:
    595  1.1  christos     case scRData:
    596  1.1  christos     case scPData:
    597  1.1  christos     case scXData:
    598  1.1  christos       sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
    599  1.1  christos       break;
    600  1.1  christos     case scBss:
    601  1.1  christos     case scSBss:
    602  1.1  christos       sh->value += ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
    603  1.1  christos       break;
    604  1.1  christos     }
    605  1.1  christos 
    606  1.1  christos   switch (sh->st)
    607  1.1  christos     {
    608  1.1  christos     case stNil:
    609  1.1  christos       break;
    610  1.1  christos 
    611  1.1  christos     case stGlobal:		/* External symbol, goes into global block.  */
    612  1.1  christos       class = LOC_STATIC;
    613  1.1  christos       b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
    614  1.1  christos 			     GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    615  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    616  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
    617  1.1  christos       goto data;
    618  1.1  christos 
    619  1.1  christos     case stStatic:		/* Static data, goes into current block.  */
    620  1.1  christos       class = LOC_STATIC;
    621  1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    622  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    623  1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
    624  1.1  christos 	{
    625  1.1  christos 	  /* It is a FORTRAN common block.  At least for SGI Fortran the
    626  1.1  christos 	     address is not in the symbol; we need to fix it later in
    627  1.1  christos 	     scan_file_globals.  */
    628  1.1  christos 	  int bucket = hashname (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s));
    629  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (s) = global_sym_chain[bucket];
    630  1.1  christos 	  global_sym_chain[bucket] = s;
    631  1.1  christos 	}
    632  1.1  christos       else
    633  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
    634  1.1  christos       goto data;
    635  1.1  christos 
    636  1.1  christos     case stLocal:		/* Local variable, goes into current block.  */
    637  1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    638  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    639  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
    640  1.1  christos       if (sh->sc == scRegister)
    641  1.1  christos 	class = mdebug_register_index;
    642  1.1  christos       else
    643  1.1  christos 	class = LOC_LOCAL;
    644  1.1  christos 
    645  1.1  christos     data:			/* Common code for symbols describing data.  */
    646  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
    647  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = class;
    648  1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
    649  1.1  christos 
    650  1.1  christos       /* Type could be missing if file is compiled without debugging info.  */
    651  1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc)
    652  1.1  christos 	  || sh->sc == scNil || sh->index == indexNil)
    653  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->nodebug_data_symbol;
    654  1.1  christos       else
    655  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
    656  1.1  christos       /* Value of a data symbol is its memory address.  */
    657  1.1  christos       break;
    658  1.1  christos 
    659  1.1  christos     case stParam:		/* Arg to procedure, goes into current
    660  1.1  christos 				   block.  */
    661  1.1  christos       max_gdbinfo++;
    662  1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
    663  1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs++;
    664  1.1  christos 
    665  1.1  christos       /* Special GNU C++ name.  */
    666  1.1  christos       if (is_cplus_marker (name[0]) && name[1] == 't' && name[2] == 0)
    667  1.1  christos 	name = "this";		/* FIXME, not alloc'd in obstack.  */
    668  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    669  1.1  christos 
    670  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
    671  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (s) = 1;
    672  1.1  christos       switch (sh->sc)
    673  1.1  christos 	{
    674  1.1  christos 	case scRegister:
    675  1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by value in register.  */
    676  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = mdebug_register_index;
    677  1.1  christos 	  break;
    678  1.1  christos 	case scVar:
    679  1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by reference on stack.  */
    680  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_REF_ARG;
    681  1.1  christos 	  break;
    682  1.1  christos 	case scVarRegister:
    683  1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by reference in register.  */
    684  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = mdebug_regparm_index;
    685  1.1  christos 	  break;
    686  1.1  christos 	default:
    687  1.1  christos 	  /* Pass by value on stack.  */
    688  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_ARG;
    689  1.1  christos 	  break;
    690  1.1  christos 	}
    691  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = svalue;
    692  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, 0, bigend, name);
    693  1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
    694  1.1  christos       break;
    695  1.1  christos 
    696  1.1  christos     case stLabel:		/* label, goes into current block.  */
    697  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    698  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;	/* So that it can be used */
    699  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_LABEL;	/* but not misused.  */
    700  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (s) = (CORE_ADDR) sh->value;
    701  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
    702  1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
    703  1.1  christos       break;
    704  1.1  christos 
    705  1.1  christos     case stProc:	/* Procedure, usually goes into global block.  */
    706  1.1  christos     case stStaticProc:	/* Static procedure, goes into current block.  */
    707  1.1  christos       /* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the storage class
    708  1.1  christos          as well, as only (stProc, scText) entries represent "real"
    709  1.1  christos          procedures - See the Compaq document titled "Object File /
    710  1.1  christos          Symbol Table Format Specification" for more information.
    711  1.1  christos          If the storage class is not scText, we discard the whole block
    712  1.1  christos          of symbol records for this stProc.  */
    713  1.1  christos       if (sh->st == stProc && sh->sc != scText)
    714  1.1  christos         {
    715  1.1  christos           char *ext_tsym = ext_sh;
    716  1.1  christos           int keep_counting = 1;
    717  1.1  christos           SYMR tsym;
    718  1.1  christos 
    719  1.1  christos           while (keep_counting)
    720  1.1  christos             {
    721  1.1  christos               ext_tsym += external_sym_size;
    722  1.1  christos               (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
    723  1.1  christos               count++;
    724  1.1  christos               switch (tsym.st)
    725  1.1  christos                 {
    726  1.1  christos                   case stParam:
    727  1.1  christos                     break;
    728  1.1  christos                   case stEnd:
    729  1.1  christos                     keep_counting = 0;
    730  1.1  christos                     break;
    731  1.1  christos                   default:
    732  1.1  christos                     complaint (&symfile_complaints,
    733  1.1  christos                                _("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
    734  1.1  christos                     break;
    735  1.1  christos                 }
    736  1.1  christos             }
    737  1.1  christos           break;
    738  1.1  christos         }
    739  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
    740  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
    741  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
    742  1.1  christos       /* Type of the return value.  */
    743  1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
    744  1.1  christos 	t = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_int;
    745  1.1  christos       else
    746  1.1  christos 	{
    747  1.1  christos 	  t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index + 1, 0, bigend, name);
    748  1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (name, "malloc") == 0
    749  1.1  christos 	      && TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
    750  1.1  christos 	    {
    751  1.1  christos 	      /* I don't know why, but, at least under Alpha GNU/Linux,
    752  1.1  christos 	         when linking against a malloc without debugging
    753  1.1  christos 	         symbols, its read as a function returning void---this
    754  1.1  christos 	         is bad because it means we cannot call functions with
    755  1.1  christos 	         string arguments interactively; i.e., "call
    756  1.1  christos 	         printf("howdy\n")" would fail with the error message
    757  1.1  christos 	         "program has no memory available".  To avoid this, we
    758  1.1  christos 	         patch up the type and make it void*
    759  1.1  christos 	         instead. (davidm (at) azstarnet.com).  */
    760  1.1  christos 	      t = make_pointer_type (t, NULL);
    761  1.1  christos 	    }
    762  1.1  christos 	}
    763  1.1  christos       b = top_stack->cur_block;
    764  1.1  christos       if (sh->st == stProc)
    765  1.1  christos 	{
    766  1.1  christos 	  struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
    767  1.1  christos 
    768  1.1  christos 	  /* The next test should normally be true, but provides a
    769  1.1  christos 	     hook for nested functions (which we don't want to make
    770  1.1  christos 	     global).  */
    771  1.1  christos 	  if (b == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK))
    772  1.1  christos 	    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    773  1.1  christos 	  /* Irix 5 sometimes has duplicate names for the same
    774  1.1  christos 	     function.  We want to add such names up at the global
    775  1.1  christos 	     level, not as a nested function.  */
    776  1.1  christos 	  else if (sh->value == top_stack->procadr)
    777  1.1  christos 	    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    778  1.1  christos 	}
    779  1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, b);
    780  1.1  christos 
    781  1.1  christos       /* Make a type for the procedure itself.  */
    782  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = lookup_function_type (t);
    783  1.1  christos 
    784  1.1  christos       /* All functions in C++ have prototypes.  For C we don't have enough
    785  1.1  christos          information in the debug info.  */
    786  1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (s) == language_cplus)
    787  1.1  christos 	TYPE_PROTOTYPED (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = 1;
    788  1.1  christos 
    789  1.1  christos       /* Create and enter a new lexical context.  */
    790  1.1  christos       b = new_block (FUNCTION_BLOCK);
    791  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
    792  1.1  christos       BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
    793  1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = BLOCK_END (b) = sh->value;
    794  1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
    795  1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
    796  1.1  christos 
    797  1.1  christos       /* Not if we only have partial info.  */
    798  1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh->sc) || sh->sc == scNil)
    799  1.1  christos 	break;
    800  1.1  christos 
    801  1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
    802  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = b;
    803  1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
    804  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (s);
    805  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_field = -1;
    806  1.1  christos       top_stack->procadr = sh->value;
    807  1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs = 0;
    808  1.1  christos       break;
    809  1.1  christos 
    810  1.1  christos       /* Beginning of code for structure, union, and enum definitions.
    811  1.1  christos          They all share a common set of local variables, defined here.  */
    812  1.1  christos       {
    813  1.1  christos 	enum type_code type_code;
    814  1.1  christos 	char *ext_tsym;
    815  1.1  christos 	int nfields;
    816  1.1  christos 	long max_value;
    817  1.1  christos 	struct field *f;
    818  1.1  christos 
    819  1.1  christos     case stStruct:		/* Start a block defining a struct type.  */
    820  1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
    821  1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    822  1.1  christos 
    823  1.1  christos     case stUnion:		/* Start a block defining a union type.  */
    824  1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
    825  1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    826  1.1  christos 
    827  1.1  christos     case stEnum:		/* Start a block defining an enum type.  */
    828  1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    829  1.1  christos 	goto structured_common;
    830  1.1  christos 
    831  1.1  christos     case stBlock:		/* Either a lexical block, or some type.  */
    832  1.1  christos 	if (sh->sc != scInfo && !SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
    833  1.1  christos 	  goto case_stBlock_code;	/* Lexical block */
    834  1.1  christos 
    835  1.1  christos 	type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;	/* We have a type.  */
    836  1.1  christos 
    837  1.1  christos 	/* Common code for handling struct, union, enum, and/or as-yet-
    838  1.1  christos 	   unknown-type blocks of info about structured data.  `type_code'
    839  1.1  christos 	   has been set to the proper TYPE_CODE, if we know it.  */
    840  1.1  christos       structured_common:
    841  1.1  christos 	found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
    842  1.1  christos 	push_parse_stack ();
    843  1.1  christos 	top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
    844  1.1  christos 
    845  1.1  christos 	/* First count the number of fields and the highest value.  */
    846  1.1  christos 	nfields = 0;
    847  1.1  christos 	max_value = 0;
    848  1.1  christos 	for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
    849  1.1  christos 	     ;
    850  1.1  christos 	     ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
    851  1.1  christos 	  {
    852  1.1  christos 	    SYMR tsym;
    853  1.1  christos 
    854  1.1  christos 	    (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
    855  1.1  christos 
    856  1.1  christos 	    switch (tsym.st)
    857  1.1  christos 	      {
    858  1.1  christos 	      case stEnd:
    859  1.1  christos                 /* C++ encodes class types as structures where there the
    860  1.1  christos                    methods are encoded as stProc.  The scope of stProc
    861  1.1  christos                    symbols also ends with stEnd, thus creating a risk of
    862  1.1  christos                    taking the wrong stEnd symbol record as the end of
    863  1.1  christos                    the current struct, which would cause GDB to undercount
    864  1.1  christos                    the real number of fields in this struct.  To make sure
    865  1.1  christos                    we really reached the right stEnd symbol record, we
    866  1.1  christos                    check the associated name, and match it against the
    867  1.1  christos                    struct name.  Since method names are mangled while
    868  1.1  christos                    the class name is not, there is no risk of having a
    869  1.1  christos                    method whose name is identical to the class name
    870  1.1  christos                    (in particular constructor method names are different
    871  1.1  christos                    from the class name).  There is therefore no risk that
    872  1.1  christos                    this check stops the count on the StEnd of a method.
    873  1.1  christos 
    874  1.1  christos 		   Also, assume that we're really at the end when tsym.iss
    875  1.1  christos 		   is 0 (issNull).  */
    876  1.1  christos                 if (tsym.iss == issNull
    877  1.1  christos 		    || strcmp (debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss,
    878  1.1  christos                                name) == 0)
    879  1.1  christos                   goto end_of_fields;
    880  1.1  christos                 break;
    881  1.1  christos 
    882  1.1  christos 	      case stMember:
    883  1.1  christos 		if (nfields == 0 && type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
    884  1.1  christos 		  {
    885  1.1  christos 		    /* If the type of the member is Nil (or Void),
    886  1.1  christos 		       without qualifiers, assume the tag is an
    887  1.1  christos 		       enumeration.
    888  1.1  christos 		       Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero
    889  1.1  christos 		       index and a zero symbol value.
    890  1.1  christos 		       DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of
    891  1.1  christos 		       btEnum without qualifiers and a zero symbol value.  */
    892  1.1  christos 		    if (tsym.index == indexNil
    893  1.1  christos 			|| (tsym.index == 0 && sh->value == 0))
    894  1.1  christos 		      type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    895  1.1  christos 		    else
    896  1.1  christos 		      {
    897  1.1  christos 			(*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
    898  1.1  christos 						    &ax[tsym.index].a_ti,
    899  1.1  christos 						    &tir);
    900  1.1  christos 			if ((tir.bt == btNil || tir.bt == btVoid
    901  1.1  christos 			     || (tir.bt == btEnum && sh->value == 0))
    902  1.1  christos 			    && tir.tq0 == tqNil)
    903  1.1  christos 			  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
    904  1.1  christos 		      }
    905  1.1  christos 		  }
    906  1.1  christos 		nfields++;
    907  1.1  christos 		if (tsym.value > max_value)
    908  1.1  christos 		  max_value = tsym.value;
    909  1.1  christos 		break;
    910  1.1  christos 
    911  1.1  christos 	      case stBlock:
    912  1.1  christos 	      case stUnion:
    913  1.1  christos 	      case stEnum:
    914  1.1  christos 	      case stStruct:
    915  1.1  christos 		{
    916  1.1  christos #if 0
    917  1.1  christos 		  /* This is a no-op; is it trying to tell us something
    918  1.1  christos 		     we should be checking?  */
    919  1.1  christos 		  if (tsym.sc == scVariant);	/*UNIMPLEMENTED */
    920  1.1  christos #endif
    921  1.1  christos 		  if (tsym.index != 0)
    922  1.1  christos 		    {
    923  1.1  christos 		      /* This is something like a struct within a
    924  1.1  christos 		         struct.  Skip over the fields of the inner
    925  1.1  christos 		         struct.  The -1 is because the for loop will
    926  1.1  christos 		         increment ext_tsym.  */
    927  1.1  christos 		      ext_tsym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
    928  1.1  christos 				  + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + tsym.index - 1)
    929  1.1  christos 				     * external_sym_size));
    930  1.1  christos 		    }
    931  1.1  christos 		}
    932  1.1  christos 		break;
    933  1.1  christos 
    934  1.1  christos 	      case stTypedef:
    935  1.1  christos 		/* mips cc puts out a typedef for struct x if it is not yet
    936  1.1  christos 		   defined when it encounters
    937  1.1  christos 		   struct y { struct x *xp; };
    938  1.1  christos 		   Just ignore it.  */
    939  1.1  christos 		break;
    940  1.1  christos 
    941  1.1  christos 	      case stIndirect:
    942  1.1  christos 		/* Irix5 cc puts out a stIndirect for struct x if it is not
    943  1.1  christos 		   yet defined when it encounters
    944  1.1  christos 		   struct y { struct x *xp; };
    945  1.1  christos 		   Just ignore it.  */
    946  1.1  christos 		break;
    947  1.1  christos 
    948  1.1  christos 	      default:
    949  1.1  christos 		complaint (&symfile_complaints,
    950  1.1  christos 			   _("declaration block contains "
    951  1.1  christos 			     "unhandled symbol type %d"),
    952  1.1  christos 			   tsym.st);
    953  1.1  christos 	      }
    954  1.1  christos 	  }
    955  1.1  christos       end_of_fields:
    956  1.1  christos 
    957  1.1  christos 	/* In an stBlock, there is no way to distinguish structs,
    958  1.1  christos 	   unions, and enums at this point.  This is a bug in the
    959  1.1  christos 	   original design (that has been fixed with the recent
    960  1.1  christos 	   addition of the stStruct, stUnion, and stEnum symbol
    961  1.1  christos 	   types.)  The way you can tell is if/when you see a variable
    962  1.1  christos 	   or field of that type.  In that case the variable's type
    963  1.1  christos 	   (in the AUX table) says if the type is struct, union, or
    964  1.1  christos 	   enum, and points back to the stBlock here.  So you can
    965  1.1  christos 	   patch the tag kind up later - but only if there actually is
    966  1.1  christos 	   a variable or field of that type.
    967  1.1  christos 
    968  1.1  christos 	   So until we know for sure, we will guess at this point.
    969  1.1  christos 	   The heuristic is:
    970  1.1  christos 	   If the first member has index==indexNil or a void type,
    971  1.1  christos 	   assume we have an enumeration.
    972  1.1  christos 	   Otherwise, if there is more than one member, and all
    973  1.1  christos 	   the members have offset 0, assume we have a union.
    974  1.1  christos 	   Otherwise, assume we have a struct.
    975  1.1  christos 
    976  1.1  christos 	   The heuristic could guess wrong in the case of of an
    977  1.1  christos 	   enumeration with no members or a union with one (or zero)
    978  1.1  christos 	   members, or when all except the last field of a struct have
    979  1.1  christos 	   width zero.  These are uncommon and/or illegal situations,
    980  1.1  christos 	   and in any case guessing wrong probably doesn't matter
    981  1.1  christos 	   much.
    982  1.1  christos 
    983  1.1  christos 	   But if we later do find out we were wrong, we fixup the tag
    984  1.1  christos 	   kind.  Members of an enumeration must be handled
    985  1.1  christos 	   differently from struct/union fields, and that is harder to
    986  1.1  christos 	   patch up, but luckily we shouldn't need to.  (If there are
    987  1.1  christos 	   any enumeration members, we can tell for sure it's an enum
    988  1.1  christos 	   here.)  */
    989  1.1  christos 
    990  1.1  christos 	if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
    991  1.1  christos 	  {
    992  1.1  christos 	    if (nfields > 1 && max_value == 0)
    993  1.1  christos 	      type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
    994  1.1  christos 	    else
    995  1.1  christos 	      type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
    996  1.1  christos 	  }
    997  1.1  christos 
    998  1.1  christos 	/* Create a new type or use the pending type.  */
    999  1.1  christos 	pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
   1000  1.1  christos 	if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
   1001  1.1  christos 	  {
   1002  1.1  christos 	    t = new_type (NULL);
   1003  1.1  christos 	    add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
   1004  1.1  christos 	  }
   1005  1.1  christos 	else
   1006  1.1  christos 	  t = pend->t;
   1007  1.1  christos 
   1008  1.1  christos 	/* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
   1009  1.1  christos 	   (.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.
   1010  1.1  christos 	   Alpha cc puts out an sh->iss of zero for those.  */
   1011  1.1  christos 	if (sh->iss == 0 || name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
   1012  1.1  christos 	  TYPE_TAG_NAME (t) = NULL;
   1013  1.1  christos 	else
   1014  1.1  christos 	  TYPE_TAG_NAME (t) = obconcat (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1015  1.1  christos 					name, (char *) NULL);
   1016  1.1  christos 
   1017  1.1  christos 	TYPE_CODE (t) = type_code;
   1018  1.1  christos 	TYPE_LENGTH (t) = sh->value;
   1019  1.1  christos 	TYPE_NFIELDS (t) = nfields;
   1020  1.1  christos 	TYPE_FIELDS (t) = f = ((struct field *)
   1021  1.1  christos 			       TYPE_ALLOC (t,
   1022  1.1  christos 					   nfields * sizeof (struct field)));
   1023  1.1  christos 
   1024  1.1  christos 	if (type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1025  1.1  christos 	  {
   1026  1.1  christos 	    int unsigned_enum = 1;
   1027  1.1  christos 
   1028  1.1  christos 	    /* This is a non-empty enum.  */
   1029  1.1  christos 
   1030  1.1  christos 	    /* DEC c89 has the number of enumerators in the sh.value field,
   1031  1.1  christos 	       not the type length, so we have to compensate for that
   1032  1.1  christos 	       incompatibility quirk.
   1033  1.1  christos 	       This might do the wrong thing for an enum with one or two
   1034  1.1  christos 	       enumerators and gcc -gcoff -fshort-enums, but these cases
   1035  1.1  christos 	       are hopefully rare enough.
   1036  1.1  christos 	       Alpha cc -migrate has a sh.value field of zero, we adjust
   1037  1.1  christos 	       that too.  */
   1038  1.1  christos 	    if (TYPE_LENGTH (t) == TYPE_NFIELDS (t)
   1039  1.1  christos 		|| TYPE_LENGTH (t) == 0)
   1040  1.1  christos 	      TYPE_LENGTH (t) = gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
   1041  1.1  christos 	    for (ext_tsym = ext_sh + external_sym_size;
   1042  1.1  christos 		 ;
   1043  1.1  christos 		 ext_tsym += external_sym_size)
   1044  1.1  christos 	      {
   1045  1.1  christos 		SYMR tsym;
   1046  1.1  christos 		struct symbol *enum_sym;
   1047  1.1  christos 
   1048  1.1  christos 		(*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_tsym, &tsym);
   1049  1.1  christos 
   1050  1.1  christos 		if (tsym.st != stMember)
   1051  1.1  christos 		  break;
   1052  1.1  christos 
   1053  1.1  christos 		SET_FIELD_ENUMVAL (*f, tsym.value);
   1054  1.1  christos 		FIELD_TYPE (*f) = t;
   1055  1.1  christos 		FIELD_NAME (*f) = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + tsym.iss;
   1056  1.1  christos 		FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = 0;
   1057  1.1  christos 
   1058  1.1  christos 		enum_sym = allocate_symbol (mdebugread_objfile);
   1059  1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_SET_LINKAGE_NAME
   1060  1.1  christos 		  (enum_sym,
   1061  1.1  christos 		   obstack_copy0 (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1062  1.1  christos 				  f->name, strlen (f->name)));
   1063  1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (enum_sym) = LOC_CONST;
   1064  1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_TYPE (enum_sym) = t;
   1065  1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_DOMAIN (enum_sym) = VAR_DOMAIN;
   1066  1.1  christos 		SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) = tsym.value;
   1067  1.1  christos 		if (SYMBOL_VALUE (enum_sym) < 0)
   1068  1.1  christos 		  unsigned_enum = 0;
   1069  1.1  christos 		add_symbol (enum_sym, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1070  1.1  christos 
   1071  1.1  christos 		/* Skip the stMembers that we've handled.  */
   1072  1.1  christos 		count++;
   1073  1.1  christos 		f++;
   1074  1.1  christos 	      }
   1075  1.1  christos 	    if (unsigned_enum)
   1076  1.1  christos 	      TYPE_UNSIGNED (t) = 1;
   1077  1.1  christos 	  }
   1078  1.1  christos 	/* Make this the current type.  */
   1079  1.1  christos 	top_stack->cur_type = t;
   1080  1.1  christos 	top_stack->cur_field = 0;
   1081  1.1  christos 
   1082  1.1  christos 	/* Do not create a symbol for alpha cc unnamed structs.  */
   1083  1.1  christos 	if (sh->iss == 0)
   1084  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1085  1.1  christos 
   1086  1.1  christos 	/* gcc puts out an empty struct for an opaque struct definitions,
   1087  1.1  christos 	   do not create a symbol for it either.  */
   1088  1.1  christos 	if (TYPE_NFIELDS (t) == 0)
   1089  1.1  christos 	  {
   1090  1.1  christos 	    TYPE_STUB (t) = 1;
   1091  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1092  1.1  christos 	  }
   1093  1.1  christos 
   1094  1.1  christos 	s = new_symbol (name);
   1095  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = STRUCT_DOMAIN;
   1096  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   1097  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_VALUE (s) = 0;
   1098  1.1  christos 	SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
   1099  1.1  christos 	add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1100  1.1  christos 	break;
   1101  1.1  christos 
   1102  1.1  christos 	/* End of local variables shared by struct, union, enum, and
   1103  1.1  christos 	   block (as yet unknown struct/union/enum) processing.  */
   1104  1.1  christos       }
   1105  1.1  christos 
   1106  1.1  christos     case_stBlock_code:
   1107  1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
   1108  1.1  christos       /* Beginnning of (code) block.  Value of symbol
   1109  1.1  christos          is the displacement from procedure start.  */
   1110  1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   1111  1.1  christos 
   1112  1.1  christos       /* Do not start a new block if this is the outermost block of a
   1113  1.1  christos          procedure.  This allows the LOC_BLOCK symbol to point to the
   1114  1.1  christos          block with the local variables, so funcname::var works.  */
   1115  1.1  christos       if (top_stack->blocktype == stProc
   1116  1.1  christos 	  || top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc)
   1117  1.1  christos 	{
   1118  1.1  christos 	  top_stack->blocktype = stNil;
   1119  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1120  1.1  christos 	}
   1121  1.1  christos 
   1122  1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stBlock;
   1123  1.1  christos       b = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
   1124  1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
   1125  1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
   1126  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = b;
   1127  1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
   1128  1.1  christos       break;
   1129  1.1  christos 
   1130  1.1  christos     case stEnd:		/* end (of anything) */
   1131  1.1  christos       if (sh->sc == scInfo || SC_IS_COMMON (sh->sc))
   1132  1.1  christos 	{
   1133  1.1  christos 	  /* Finished with type */
   1134  1.1  christos 	  top_stack->cur_type = 0;
   1135  1.1  christos 	}
   1136  1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText &&
   1137  1.1  christos 	       (top_stack->blocktype == stProc ||
   1138  1.1  christos 		top_stack->blocktype == stStaticProc))
   1139  1.1  christos 	{
   1140  1.1  christos 	  /* Finished with procedure */
   1141  1.1  christos 	  struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st);
   1142  1.1  christos 	  struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
   1143  1.1  christos 	  struct block *b = top_stack->cur_block;
   1144  1.1  christos 	  struct type *ftype = top_stack->cur_type;
   1145  1.1  christos 	  int i;
   1146  1.1  christos 
   1147  1.1  christos 	  BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) += sh->value;	/* size */
   1148  1.1  christos 
   1149  1.1  christos 	  /* Make up special symbol to contain procedure specific info.  */
   1150  1.1  christos 	  s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
   1151  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
   1152  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_CONST;
   1153  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->builtin_void;
   1154  1.1  christos 	  e = ((struct mdebug_extra_func_info *)
   1155  1.1  christos 	       obstack_alloc (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1156  1.1  christos 			      sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info)));
   1157  1.1  christos 	  memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info));
   1158  1.1  christos 	  SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
   1159  1.1  christos 	  e->numargs = top_stack->numargs;
   1160  1.1  christos 	  e->pdr.framereg = -1;
   1161  1.1  christos 	  add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1162  1.1  christos 
   1163  1.1  christos 	  /* f77 emits proc-level with address bounds==[0,0],
   1164  1.1  christos 	     So look for such child blocks, and patch them.  */
   1165  1.1  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i++)
   1166  1.1  christos 	    {
   1167  1.1  christos 	      struct block *b_bad = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
   1168  1.1  christos 
   1169  1.1  christos 	      if (BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b_bad) == b
   1170  1.1  christos 		  && BLOCK_START (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr
   1171  1.1  christos 		  && BLOCK_END (b_bad) == top_stack->procadr)
   1172  1.1  christos 		{
   1173  1.1  christos 		  BLOCK_START (b_bad) = BLOCK_START (b);
   1174  1.1  christos 		  BLOCK_END (b_bad) = BLOCK_END (b);
   1175  1.1  christos 		}
   1176  1.1  christos 	    }
   1177  1.1  christos 
   1178  1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) <= 0)
   1179  1.1  christos 	    {
   1180  1.1  christos 	      /* No parameter type information is recorded with the function's
   1181  1.1  christos 	         type.  Set that from the type of the parameter symbols.  */
   1182  1.1  christos 	      int nparams = top_stack->numargs;
   1183  1.1  christos 	      int iparams;
   1184  1.1  christos 	      struct symbol *sym;
   1185  1.1  christos 
   1186  1.1  christos 	      if (nparams > 0)
   1187  1.1  christos 		{
   1188  1.1  christos 		  struct block_iterator iter;
   1189  1.1  christos 
   1190  1.1  christos 		  TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nparams;
   1191  1.1  christos 		  TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = (struct field *)
   1192  1.1  christos 		    TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nparams * sizeof (struct field));
   1193  1.1  christos 
   1194  1.1  christos 		  iparams = 0;
   1195  1.1  christos 		  ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
   1196  1.1  christos 		    {
   1197  1.1  christos 		      if (iparams == nparams)
   1198  1.1  christos 			break;
   1199  1.1  christos 
   1200  1.1  christos 		      if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym))
   1201  1.1  christos 			{
   1202  1.1  christos 			  TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, iparams) = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
   1203  1.1  christos 			  TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (ftype, iparams) = 0;
   1204  1.1  christos 			  iparams++;
   1205  1.1  christos 			}
   1206  1.1  christos 		    }
   1207  1.1  christos 		}
   1208  1.1  christos 	    }
   1209  1.1  christos 	}
   1210  1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stBlock)
   1211  1.1  christos 	{
   1212  1.1  christos 	  /* End of (code) block.  The value of the symbol is the
   1213  1.1  christos 	     displacement from the procedure`s start address of the
   1214  1.1  christos 	     end of this block.  */
   1215  1.1  christos 	  BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = sh->value + top_stack->procadr;
   1216  1.1  christos 	}
   1217  1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stNil)
   1218  1.1  christos 	{
   1219  1.1  christos 	  /* End of outermost block.  Pop parse stack and ignore.  The
   1220  1.1  christos 	     following stEnd of stProc will take care of the block.  */
   1221  1.1  christos 	  ;
   1222  1.1  christos 	}
   1223  1.1  christos       else if (sh->sc == scText && top_stack->blocktype == stFile)
   1224  1.1  christos 	{
   1225  1.1  christos 	  /* End of file.  Pop parse stack and ignore.  Higher
   1226  1.1  christos 	     level code deals with this.  */
   1227  1.1  christos 	  ;
   1228  1.1  christos 	}
   1229  1.1  christos       else
   1230  1.1  christos 	complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1231  1.1  christos 		   _("stEnd with storage class %d not handled"), sh->sc);
   1232  1.1  christos 
   1233  1.1  christos       pop_parse_stack ();	/* Restore previous lexical context.  */
   1234  1.1  christos       break;
   1235  1.1  christos 
   1236  1.1  christos     case stMember:		/* member of struct or union */
   1237  1.1  christos       f = &TYPE_FIELDS (top_stack->cur_type)[top_stack->cur_field++];
   1238  1.1  christos       FIELD_NAME (*f) = name;
   1239  1.1  christos       SET_FIELD_BITPOS (*f, sh->value);
   1240  1.1  christos       bitsize = 0;
   1241  1.1  christos       FIELD_TYPE (*f) = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index,
   1242  1.1  christos 				    &bitsize, bigend, name);
   1243  1.1  christos       FIELD_BITSIZE (*f) = bitsize;
   1244  1.1  christos       break;
   1245  1.1  christos 
   1246  1.1  christos     case stIndirect:		/* forward declaration on Irix5 */
   1247  1.1  christos       /* Forward declarations from Irix5 cc are handled by cross_ref,
   1248  1.1  christos          skip them.  */
   1249  1.1  christos       break;
   1250  1.1  christos 
   1251  1.1  christos     case stTypedef:		/* type definition */
   1252  1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 1;
   1253  1.1  christos 
   1254  1.1  christos       /* Typedefs for forward declarations and opaque structs from alpha cc
   1255  1.1  christos          are handled by cross_ref, skip them.  */
   1256  1.1  christos       if (sh->iss == 0)
   1257  1.1  christos 	break;
   1258  1.1  christos 
   1259  1.1  christos       /* Parse the type or use the pending type.  */
   1260  1.1  christos       pend = is_pending_symbol (cur_fdr, ext_sh);
   1261  1.1  christos       if (pend == (struct mdebug_pending *) NULL)
   1262  1.1  christos 	{
   1263  1.1  christos 	  t = parse_type (cur_fd, ax, sh->index, (int *) NULL, bigend, name);
   1264  1.1  christos 	  add_pending (cur_fdr, ext_sh, t);
   1265  1.1  christos 	}
   1266  1.1  christos       else
   1267  1.1  christos 	t = pend->t;
   1268  1.1  christos 
   1269  1.1  christos       /* Mips cc puts out a typedef with the name of the struct for forward
   1270  1.1  christos          declarations.  These should not go into the symbol table and
   1271  1.1  christos          TYPE_NAME should not be set for them.
   1272  1.1  christos          They can't be distinguished from an intentional typedef to
   1273  1.1  christos          the same name however:
   1274  1.1  christos          x.h:
   1275  1.1  christos          struct x { int ix; int jx; };
   1276  1.1  christos          struct xx;
   1277  1.1  christos          x.c:
   1278  1.1  christos          typedef struct x x;
   1279  1.1  christos          struct xx {int ixx; int jxx; };
   1280  1.1  christos          generates a cross referencing stTypedef for x and xx.
   1281  1.1  christos          The user visible effect of this is that the type of a pointer
   1282  1.1  christos          to struct foo sometimes is given as `foo *' instead of `struct foo *'.
   1283  1.1  christos          The problem is fixed with alpha cc and Irix5 cc.  */
   1284  1.1  christos 
   1285  1.1  christos       /* However if the typedef cross references to an opaque aggregate, it
   1286  1.1  christos          is safe to omit it from the symbol table.  */
   1287  1.1  christos 
   1288  1.1  christos       if (has_opaque_xref (cur_fdr, sh))
   1289  1.1  christos 	break;
   1290  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (name);
   1291  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
   1292  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   1293  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = top_stack->cur_block;
   1294  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = t;
   1295  1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   1296  1.1  christos 
   1297  1.1  christos       /* Incomplete definitions of structs should not get a name.  */
   1298  1.1  christos       if (TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == NULL
   1299  1.1  christos 	  && (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != 0
   1300  1.1  christos 	      || (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
   1301  1.1  christos 		  && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)))
   1302  1.1  christos 	{
   1303  1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
   1304  1.1  christos 	      || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
   1305  1.1  christos 	    {
   1306  1.1  christos 	      /* If we are giving a name to a type such as "pointer to
   1307  1.1  christos 	         foo" or "function returning foo", we better not set
   1308  1.1  christos 	         the TYPE_NAME.  If the program contains "typedef char
   1309  1.1  christos 	         *caddr_t;", we don't want all variables of type char
   1310  1.1  christos 	         * to print as caddr_t.  This is not just a
   1311  1.1  christos 	         consequence of GDB's type management; CC and GCC (at
   1312  1.1  christos 	         least through version 2.4) both output variables of
   1313  1.1  christos 	         either type char * or caddr_t with the type
   1314  1.1  christos 	         refering to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t.  If a future
   1315  1.1  christos 	         compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it
   1316  1.1  christos 	         yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to
   1317  1.1  christos 	         disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4
   1318  1.1  christos 	         case).
   1319  1.1  christos 
   1320  1.1  christos 	         Sigh.
   1321  1.1  christos 
   1322  1.1  christos 	         Fortunately, this check seems not to be necessary
   1323  1.1  christos 	         for anything except pointers or functions.  */
   1324  1.1  christos 	    }
   1325  1.1  christos 	  else
   1326  1.1  christos 	    TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (s)) = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (s);
   1327  1.1  christos 	}
   1328  1.1  christos       break;
   1329  1.1  christos 
   1330  1.1  christos     case stFile:		/* file name */
   1331  1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   1332  1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = sh->st;
   1333  1.1  christos       break;
   1334  1.1  christos 
   1335  1.1  christos       /* I`ve never seen these for C */
   1336  1.1  christos     case stRegReloc:
   1337  1.1  christos       break;			/* register relocation */
   1338  1.1  christos     case stForward:
   1339  1.1  christos       break;			/* forwarding address */
   1340  1.1  christos     case stConstant:
   1341  1.1  christos       break;			/* constant */
   1342  1.1  christos     default:
   1343  1.1  christos       complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown symbol type 0x%x"), sh->st);
   1344  1.1  christos       break;
   1345  1.1  christos     }
   1346  1.1  christos 
   1347  1.1  christos   return count;
   1348  1.1  christos }
   1349  1.1  christos 
   1350  1.1  christos /* Basic types.  */
   1351  1.1  christos 
   1352  1.1  christos static const struct objfile_data *basic_type_data;
   1353  1.1  christos 
   1354  1.1  christos static struct type *
   1355  1.1  christos basic_type (int bt, struct objfile *objfile)
   1356  1.1  christos {
   1357  1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
   1358  1.1  christos   struct type **map_bt = objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data);
   1359  1.1  christos   struct type *tp;
   1360  1.1  christos 
   1361  1.1  christos   if (bt >= btMax)
   1362  1.1  christos     return NULL;
   1363  1.1  christos 
   1364  1.1  christos   if (!map_bt)
   1365  1.1  christos     {
   1366  1.1  christos       map_bt = OBSTACK_CALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1367  1.1  christos 			       btMax, struct type *);
   1368  1.1  christos       set_objfile_data (objfile, basic_type_data, map_bt);
   1369  1.1  christos     }
   1370  1.1  christos 
   1371  1.1  christos   if (map_bt[bt])
   1372  1.1  christos     return map_bt[bt];
   1373  1.1  christos 
   1374  1.1  christos   switch (bt)
   1375  1.1  christos     {
   1376  1.1  christos     case btNil:
   1377  1.1  christos       tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1378  1.1  christos       break;
   1379  1.1  christos 
   1380  1.1  christos     case btAdr:
   1381  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_PTR, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1382  1.1  christos 		      "adr_32", objfile);
   1383  1.1  christos       TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1384  1.1  christos       break;
   1385  1.1  christos 
   1386  1.1  christos     case btChar:
   1387  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 1, 0,
   1388  1.1  christos 		      "char", objfile);
   1389  1.1  christos       break;
   1390  1.1  christos 
   1391  1.1  christos     case btUChar:
   1392  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 1, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1393  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned char", objfile);
   1394  1.1  christos       break;
   1395  1.1  christos 
   1396  1.1  christos     case btShort:
   1397  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 2, 0,
   1398  1.1  christos 		      "short", objfile);
   1399  1.1  christos       break;
   1400  1.1  christos 
   1401  1.1  christos     case btUShort:
   1402  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 2, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1403  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned short", objfile);
   1404  1.1  christos       break;
   1405  1.1  christos 
   1406  1.1  christos     case btInt:
   1407  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, 0,
   1408  1.1  christos 		      "int", objfile);
   1409  1.1  christos       break;
   1410  1.1  christos 
   1411  1.1  christos    case btUInt:
   1412  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1413  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned int", objfile);
   1414  1.1  christos       break;
   1415  1.1  christos 
   1416  1.1  christos     case btLong:
   1417  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, 0,
   1418  1.1  christos 		      "long", objfile);
   1419  1.1  christos       break;
   1420  1.1  christos 
   1421  1.1  christos     case btULong:
   1422  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 4, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1423  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned long", objfile);
   1424  1.1  christos       break;
   1425  1.1  christos 
   1426  1.1  christos     case btFloat:
   1427  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
   1428  1.1  christos 		      gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
   1429  1.1  christos 		      "float", objfile);
   1430  1.1  christos       break;
   1431  1.1  christos 
   1432  1.1  christos     case btDouble:
   1433  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
   1434  1.1  christos 		      gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
   1435  1.1  christos 		      "double", objfile);
   1436  1.1  christos       break;
   1437  1.1  christos 
   1438  1.1  christos     case btComplex:
   1439  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX,
   1440  1.1  christos 		      2 * gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
   1441  1.1  christos 		      "complex", objfile);
   1442  1.1  christos       TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = basic_type (btFloat, objfile);
   1443  1.1  christos       break;
   1444  1.1  christos 
   1445  1.1  christos     case btDComplex:
   1446  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_COMPLEX,
   1447  1.1  christos 		      2 * gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
   1448  1.1  christos 		      "double complex", objfile);
   1449  1.1  christos       TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = basic_type (btDouble, objfile);
   1450  1.1  christos       break;
   1451  1.1  christos 
   1452  1.1  christos     case btFixedDec:
   1453  1.1  christos       /* We use TYPE_CODE_INT to print these as integers.  Does this do any
   1454  1.1  christos 	 good?  Would we be better off with TYPE_CODE_ERROR?  Should
   1455  1.1  christos 	 TYPE_CODE_ERROR print things in hex if it knows the size?  */
   1456  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
   1457  1.1  christos 		      gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
   1458  1.1  christos 		      "fixed decimal", objfile);
   1459  1.1  christos       break;
   1460  1.1  christos 
   1461  1.1  christos     case btFloatDec:
   1462  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_ERROR,
   1463  1.1  christos 		      gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0,
   1464  1.1  christos 		      "floating decimal", objfile);
   1465  1.1  christos       break;
   1466  1.1  christos 
   1467  1.1  christos     case btString:
   1468  1.1  christos       /* Is a "string" the way btString means it the same as TYPE_CODE_STRING?
   1469  1.1  christos 	 FIXME.  */
   1470  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_STRING, 1, 0,
   1471  1.1  christos 		      "string", objfile);
   1472  1.1  christos       break;
   1473  1.1  christos 
   1474  1.1  christos     case btVoid:
   1475  1.1  christos       tp = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1476  1.1  christos       break;
   1477  1.1  christos 
   1478  1.1  christos     case btLong64:
   1479  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
   1480  1.1  christos 		      "long", objfile);
   1481  1.1  christos       break;
   1482  1.1  christos 
   1483  1.1  christos     case btULong64:
   1484  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1485  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned long", objfile);
   1486  1.1  christos       break;
   1487  1.1  christos 
   1488  1.1  christos     case btLongLong64:
   1489  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
   1490  1.1  christos 		      "long long", objfile);
   1491  1.1  christos       break;
   1492  1.1  christos 
   1493  1.1  christos     case btULongLong64:
   1494  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1495  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned long long", objfile);
   1496  1.1  christos       break;
   1497  1.1  christos 
   1498  1.1  christos     case btAdr64:
   1499  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_PTR, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1500  1.1  christos 		      "adr_64", objfile);
   1501  1.1  christos       TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   1502  1.1  christos       break;
   1503  1.1  christos 
   1504  1.1  christos     case btInt64:
   1505  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, 0,
   1506  1.1  christos 		      "int", objfile);
   1507  1.1  christos       break;
   1508  1.1  christos 
   1509  1.1  christos     case btUInt64:
   1510  1.1  christos       tp = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, 8, TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED,
   1511  1.1  christos 		      "unsigned int", objfile);
   1512  1.1  christos       break;
   1513  1.1  christos 
   1514  1.1  christos     default:
   1515  1.1  christos       tp = NULL;
   1516  1.1  christos       break;
   1517  1.1  christos     }
   1518  1.1  christos 
   1519  1.1  christos   map_bt[bt] = tp;
   1520  1.1  christos   return tp;
   1521  1.1  christos }
   1522  1.1  christos 
   1523  1.1  christos /* Parse the type information provided in the raw AX entries for
   1524  1.1  christos    the symbol SH.  Return the bitfield size in BS, in case.
   1525  1.1  christos    We must byte-swap the AX entries before we use them; BIGEND says whether
   1526  1.1  christos    they are big-endian or little-endian (from fh->fBigendian).  */
   1527  1.1  christos 
   1528  1.1  christos static struct type *
   1529  1.1  christos parse_type (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, unsigned int aux_index, int *bs,
   1530  1.1  christos 	    int bigend, char *sym_name)
   1531  1.1  christos {
   1532  1.1  christos   TIR t[1];
   1533  1.1  christos   struct type *tp = 0;
   1534  1.1  christos   enum type_code type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNDEF;
   1535  1.1  christos 
   1536  1.1  christos   /* Handle undefined types, they have indexNil.  */
   1537  1.1  christos   if (aux_index == indexNil)
   1538  1.1  christos     return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1539  1.1  christos 
   1540  1.1  christos   /* Handle corrupt aux indices.  */
   1541  1.1  christos   if (aux_index >= (debug_info->fdr + fd)->caux)
   1542  1.1  christos     {
   1543  1.1  christos       index_complaint (sym_name);
   1544  1.1  christos       return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1545  1.1  christos     }
   1546  1.1  christos   ax += aux_index;
   1547  1.1  christos 
   1548  1.1  christos   /* Use aux as a type information record, map its basic type.  */
   1549  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
   1550  1.1  christos   tp = basic_type (t->bt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1551  1.1  christos   if (tp == NULL)
   1552  1.1  christos     {
   1553  1.1  christos       /* Cannot use builtin types -- build our own.  */
   1554  1.1  christos       switch (t->bt)
   1555  1.1  christos 	{
   1556  1.1  christos 	case btStruct:
   1557  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
   1558  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1559  1.1  christos 	case btUnion:
   1560  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
   1561  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1562  1.1  christos 	case btEnum:
   1563  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
   1564  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1565  1.1  christos 	case btRange:
   1566  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
   1567  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1568  1.1  christos 	case btSet:
   1569  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_SET;
   1570  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1571  1.1  christos 	case btIndirect:
   1572  1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc -migrate uses this for typedefs.  The true type will
   1573  1.1  christos 	     be obtained by crossreferencing below.  */
   1574  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
   1575  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1576  1.1  christos 	case btTypedef:
   1577  1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc uses this for typedefs.  The true type will be
   1578  1.1  christos 	     obtained by crossreferencing below.  */
   1579  1.1  christos 	  type_code = TYPE_CODE_ERROR;
   1580  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1581  1.1  christos 	default:
   1582  1.1  christos 	  basic_type_complaint (t->bt, sym_name);
   1583  1.1  christos 	  return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1584  1.1  christos 	}
   1585  1.1  christos     }
   1586  1.1  christos 
   1587  1.1  christos   /* Move on to next aux.  */
   1588  1.1  christos   ax++;
   1589  1.1  christos 
   1590  1.1  christos   if (t->fBitfield)
   1591  1.1  christos     {
   1592  1.1  christos       int width = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);
   1593  1.1  christos 
   1594  1.1  christos       /* Inhibit core dumps if TIR is corrupted.  */
   1595  1.1  christos       if (bs == (int *) NULL)
   1596  1.1  christos 	{
   1597  1.1  christos 	  /* Alpha cc -migrate encodes char and unsigned char types
   1598  1.1  christos 	     as short and unsigned short types with a field width of 8.
   1599  1.1  christos 	     Enum types also have a field width which we ignore for now.  */
   1600  1.1  christos 	  if (t->bt == btShort && width == 8)
   1601  1.1  christos 	    tp = basic_type (btChar, mdebugread_objfile);
   1602  1.1  christos 	  else if (t->bt == btUShort && width == 8)
   1603  1.1  christos 	    tp = basic_type (btUChar, mdebugread_objfile);
   1604  1.1  christos 	  else if (t->bt == btEnum)
   1605  1.1  christos 	    ;
   1606  1.1  christos 	  else
   1607  1.1  christos 	    complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1608  1.1  christos 		       _("can't handle TIR fBitfield for %s"),
   1609  1.1  christos 		       sym_name);
   1610  1.1  christos 	}
   1611  1.1  christos       else
   1612  1.1  christos 	*bs = width;
   1613  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1614  1.1  christos     }
   1615  1.1  christos 
   1616  1.1  christos   /* A btIndirect entry cross references to an aux entry containing
   1617  1.1  christos      the type.  */
   1618  1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btIndirect)
   1619  1.1  christos     {
   1620  1.1  christos       RNDXR rn[1];
   1621  1.1  christos       int rf;
   1622  1.1  christos       FDR *xref_fh;
   1623  1.1  christos       int xref_fd;
   1624  1.1  christos 
   1625  1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   1626  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1627  1.1  christos       if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   1628  1.1  christos 	{
   1629  1.1  christos 	  rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
   1630  1.1  christos 	  ax++;
   1631  1.1  christos 	}
   1632  1.1  christos       else
   1633  1.1  christos 	rf = rn->rfd;
   1634  1.1  christos 
   1635  1.1  christos       if (rf == -1)
   1636  1.1  christos 	{
   1637  1.1  christos 	  complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1638  1.1  christos 		     _("unable to cross ref btIndirect for %s"), sym_name);
   1639  1.1  christos 	  return basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1640  1.1  christos 	}
   1641  1.1  christos       xref_fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   1642  1.1  christos       xref_fd = xref_fh - debug_info->fdr;
   1643  1.1  christos       tp = parse_type (xref_fd, debug_info->external_aux + xref_fh->iauxBase,
   1644  1.1  christos 		    rn->index, (int *) NULL, xref_fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
   1645  1.1  christos     }
   1646  1.1  christos 
   1647  1.1  christos   /* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
   1648  1.1  christos      definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
   1649  1.1  christos      them.  We'll make the same effort at sharing.  */
   1650  1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btStruct ||
   1651  1.1  christos       t->bt == btUnion ||
   1652  1.1  christos       t->bt == btEnum ||
   1653  1.1  christos 
   1654  1.1  christos   /* btSet (I think) implies that the name is a tag name, not a typedef
   1655  1.1  christos      name.  This apparently is a MIPS extension for C sets.  */
   1656  1.1  christos       t->bt == btSet)
   1657  1.1  christos     {
   1658  1.1  christos       char *name;
   1659  1.1  christos 
   1660  1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure.  */
   1661  1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1662  1.1  christos       if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
   1663  1.1  christos 	tp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, mdebugread_objfile);
   1664  1.1  christos 
   1665  1.1  christos       /* DEC c89 produces cross references to qualified aggregate types,
   1666  1.1  christos          dereference them.  */
   1667  1.1  christos       while (TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
   1668  1.1  christos 	     || TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
   1669  1.1  christos 	tp = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (tp);
   1670  1.1  christos 
   1671  1.1  christos       /* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
   1672  1.1  christos          Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
   1673  1.1  christos          are corrupted.  */
   1674  1.1  christos       if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
   1675  1.1  christos 	  && TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
   1676  1.1  christos 	  && TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1677  1.1  christos 	{
   1678  1.1  christos 	  unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
   1679  1.1  christos 	}
   1680  1.1  christos       else
   1681  1.1  christos 	{
   1682  1.1  christos 	  /* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code.  The main
   1683  1.1  christos 	     exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.
   1684  1.1  christos 	     But for struct vs. union a wrong guess is harmless, so
   1685  1.1  christos 	     don't complain().  */
   1686  1.1  christos 	  if ((TYPE_CODE (tp) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
   1687  1.1  christos 	       && type_code != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
   1688  1.1  christos 	      || (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
   1689  1.1  christos 		  && type_code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
   1690  1.1  christos 	    {
   1691  1.1  christos 	      bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
   1692  1.1  christos 	    }
   1693  1.1  christos 
   1694  1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
   1695  1.1  christos 	    {
   1696  1.1  christos 	      TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
   1697  1.1  christos 	    }
   1698  1.1  christos 
   1699  1.1  christos 	  /* Do not set the tag name if it is a compiler generated tag name
   1700  1.1  christos 	     (.Fxx or .xxfake or empty) for unnamed struct/union/enums.  */
   1701  1.1  christos 	  if (name[0] == '.' || name[0] == '\0')
   1702  1.1  christos 	    TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) = NULL;
   1703  1.1  christos 	  else if (TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp) == NULL
   1704  1.1  christos 		   || strcmp (TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
   1705  1.1  christos 	    TYPE_TAG_NAME (tp)
   1706  1.1  christos 	      = obstack_copy0 (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1707  1.1  christos 			       name, strlen (name));
   1708  1.1  christos 	}
   1709  1.1  christos     }
   1710  1.1  christos 
   1711  1.1  christos   /* All these types really point to some (common) MIPS type
   1712  1.1  christos      definition, and only the type-qualifiers fully identify
   1713  1.1  christos      them.  We'll make the same effort at sharing.
   1714  1.1  christos      FIXME: We are not doing any guessing on range types.  */
   1715  1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btRange)
   1716  1.1  christos     {
   1717  1.1  christos       char *name;
   1718  1.1  christos 
   1719  1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, build new type on failure.  */
   1720  1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1721  1.1  christos       if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
   1722  1.1  christos 	tp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, mdebugread_objfile);
   1723  1.1  christos 
   1724  1.1  christos       /* Make sure that TYPE_CODE(tp) has an expected type code.
   1725  1.1  christos          Any type may be returned from cross_ref if file indirect entries
   1726  1.1  christos          are corrupted.  */
   1727  1.1  christos       if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
   1728  1.1  christos 	{
   1729  1.1  christos 	  unexpected_type_code_complaint (sym_name);
   1730  1.1  christos 	}
   1731  1.1  christos       else
   1732  1.1  christos 	{
   1733  1.1  christos 	  /* Usually, TYPE_CODE(tp) is already type_code.  The main
   1734  1.1  christos 	     exception is if we guessed wrong re struct/union/enum.  */
   1735  1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_CODE (tp) != type_code)
   1736  1.1  christos 	    {
   1737  1.1  christos 	      bad_tag_guess_complaint (sym_name);
   1738  1.1  christos 	      TYPE_CODE (tp) = type_code;
   1739  1.1  christos 	    }
   1740  1.1  christos 	  if (TYPE_NAME (tp) == NULL
   1741  1.1  christos 	      || strcmp (TYPE_NAME (tp), name) != 0)
   1742  1.1  christos 	    TYPE_NAME (tp)
   1743  1.1  christos 	      = obstack_copy0 (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   1744  1.1  christos 			       name, strlen (name));
   1745  1.1  christos 	}
   1746  1.1  christos     }
   1747  1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btTypedef)
   1748  1.1  christos     {
   1749  1.1  christos       char *name;
   1750  1.1  christos 
   1751  1.1  christos       /* Try to cross reference this type, it should succeed.  */
   1752  1.1  christos       ax += cross_ref (fd, ax, &tp, type_code, &name, bigend, sym_name);
   1753  1.1  christos       if (tp == (struct type *) NULL)
   1754  1.1  christos 	{
   1755  1.1  christos 	  complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1756  1.1  christos 		     _("unable to cross ref btTypedef for %s"), sym_name);
   1757  1.1  christos 	  tp = basic_type (btInt, mdebugread_objfile);
   1758  1.1  christos 	}
   1759  1.1  christos     }
   1760  1.1  christos 
   1761  1.1  christos   /* Deal with range types.  */
   1762  1.1  christos   if (t->bt == btRange)
   1763  1.1  christos     {
   1764  1.1  christos       TYPE_NFIELDS (tp) = 0;
   1765  1.1  christos       TYPE_RANGE_DATA (tp) = ((struct range_bounds *)
   1766  1.1  christos 			  TYPE_ZALLOC (tp, sizeof (struct range_bounds)));
   1767  1.1  christos       TYPE_LOW_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
   1768  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1769  1.1  christos       TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (tp) = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
   1770  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1771  1.1  christos     }
   1772  1.1  christos 
   1773  1.1  christos   /* Parse all the type qualifiers now.  If there are more
   1774  1.1  christos      than 6 the game will continue in the next aux.  */
   1775  1.1  christos 
   1776  1.1  christos   while (1)
   1777  1.1  christos     {
   1778  1.1  christos #define PARSE_TQ(tq) \
   1779  1.1  christos       if (t->tq != tqNil) \
   1780  1.1  christos 	ax += upgrade_type(fd, &tp, t->tq, ax, bigend, sym_name); \
   1781  1.1  christos       else \
   1782  1.1  christos 	break;
   1783  1.1  christos 
   1784  1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq0);
   1785  1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq1);
   1786  1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq2);
   1787  1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq3);
   1788  1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq4);
   1789  1.1  christos       PARSE_TQ (tq5);
   1790  1.1  christos #undef	PARSE_TQ
   1791  1.1  christos 
   1792  1.1  christos       /* mips cc 2.x and gcc never put out continued aux entries.  */
   1793  1.1  christos       if (!t->continued)
   1794  1.1  christos 	break;
   1795  1.1  christos 
   1796  1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend, &ax->a_ti, t);
   1797  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1798  1.1  christos     }
   1799  1.1  christos 
   1800  1.1  christos   /* Complain for illegal continuations due to corrupt aux entries.  */
   1801  1.1  christos   if (t->continued)
   1802  1.1  christos     complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1803  1.1  christos 	       _("illegal TIR continued for %s"), sym_name);
   1804  1.1  christos 
   1805  1.1  christos   return tp;
   1806  1.1  christos }
   1807  1.1  christos 
   1808  1.1  christos /* Make up a complex type from a basic one.  Type is passed by
   1809  1.1  christos    reference in TPP and side-effected as necessary.  The type
   1810  1.1  christos    qualifier TQ says how to handle the aux symbols at AX for
   1811  1.1  christos    the symbol SX we are currently analyzing.  BIGEND says whether
   1812  1.1  christos    aux symbols are big-endian or little-endian.
   1813  1.1  christos    Returns the number of aux symbols we parsed.  */
   1814  1.1  christos 
   1815  1.1  christos static int
   1816  1.1  christos upgrade_type (int fd, struct type **tpp, int tq, union aux_ext *ax, int bigend,
   1817  1.1  christos 	      char *sym_name)
   1818  1.1  christos {
   1819  1.1  christos   int off;
   1820  1.1  christos   struct type *t;
   1821  1.1  christos 
   1822  1.1  christos   /* Used in array processing.  */
   1823  1.1  christos   int rf, id;
   1824  1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   1825  1.1  christos   struct type *range;
   1826  1.1  christos   struct type *indx;
   1827  1.1  christos   int lower, upper;
   1828  1.1  christos   RNDXR rndx;
   1829  1.1  christos 
   1830  1.1  christos   switch (tq)
   1831  1.1  christos     {
   1832  1.1  christos     case tqPtr:
   1833  1.1  christos       t = lookup_pointer_type (*tpp);
   1834  1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1835  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1836  1.1  christos 
   1837  1.1  christos     case tqProc:
   1838  1.1  christos       t = lookup_function_type (*tpp);
   1839  1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1840  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1841  1.1  christos 
   1842  1.1  christos     case tqArray:
   1843  1.1  christos       off = 0;
   1844  1.1  christos 
   1845  1.1  christos       /* Determine and record the domain type (type of index).  */
   1846  1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, &rndx);
   1847  1.1  christos       id = rndx.index;
   1848  1.1  christos       rf = rndx.rfd;
   1849  1.1  christos       if (rf == 0xfff)
   1850  1.1  christos 	{
   1851  1.1  christos 	  ax++;
   1852  1.1  christos 	  rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax);
   1853  1.1  christos 	  off++;
   1854  1.1  christos 	}
   1855  1.1  christos       fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   1856  1.1  christos 
   1857  1.1  christos       indx = parse_type (fh - debug_info->fdr,
   1858  1.1  christos 			 debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   1859  1.1  christos 			 id, (int *) NULL, bigend, sym_name);
   1860  1.1  christos 
   1861  1.1  christos       /* The bounds type should be an integer type, but might be anything
   1862  1.1  christos          else due to corrupt aux entries.  */
   1863  1.1  christos       if (TYPE_CODE (indx) != TYPE_CODE_INT)
   1864  1.1  christos 	{
   1865  1.1  christos 	  complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1866  1.1  christos 		     _("illegal array index type for %s, assuming int"),
   1867  1.1  christos 		     sym_name);
   1868  1.1  christos 	  indx = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->builtin_int;
   1869  1.1  christos 	}
   1870  1.1  christos 
   1871  1.1  christos       /* Get the bounds, and create the array type.  */
   1872  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1873  1.1  christos       lower = AUX_GET_DNLOW (bigend, ax);
   1874  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1875  1.1  christos       upper = AUX_GET_DNHIGH (bigend, ax);
   1876  1.1  christos       ax++;
   1877  1.1  christos       rf = AUX_GET_WIDTH (bigend, ax);	/* bit size of array element */
   1878  1.1  christos 
   1879  1.1  christos       range = create_range_type ((struct type *) NULL, indx,
   1880  1.1  christos 				 lower, upper);
   1881  1.1  christos 
   1882  1.1  christos       t = create_array_type ((struct type *) NULL, *tpp, range);
   1883  1.1  christos 
   1884  1.1  christos       /* We used to fill in the supplied array element bitsize
   1885  1.1  christos          here if the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type was zero.
   1886  1.1  christos          This happens for a `pointer to an array of anonymous structs',
   1887  1.1  christos          but in this case the array element bitsize is also zero,
   1888  1.1  christos          so nothing is gained.
   1889  1.1  christos          And we used to check the TYPE_LENGTH of the target type against
   1890  1.1  christos          the supplied array element bitsize.
   1891  1.1  christos          gcc causes a mismatch for `pointer to array of object',
   1892  1.1  christos          since the sdb directives it uses do not have a way of
   1893  1.1  christos          specifying the bitsize, but it does no harm (the
   1894  1.1  christos          TYPE_LENGTH should be correct) and we should be able to
   1895  1.1  christos          ignore the erroneous bitsize from the auxiliary entry safely.
   1896  1.1  christos          dbx seems to ignore it too.  */
   1897  1.1  christos 
   1898  1.1  christos       /* TYPE_TARGET_STUB now takes care of the zero TYPE_LENGTH problem.  */
   1899  1.1  christos       if (TYPE_LENGTH (*tpp) == 0)
   1900  1.1  christos 	TYPE_TARGET_STUB (t) = 1;
   1901  1.1  christos 
   1902  1.1  christos       *tpp = t;
   1903  1.1  christos       return 4 + off;
   1904  1.1  christos 
   1905  1.1  christos     case tqVol:
   1906  1.1  christos       /* Volatile -- currently ignored */
   1907  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1908  1.1  christos 
   1909  1.1  christos     case tqConst:
   1910  1.1  christos       /* Const -- currently ignored */
   1911  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1912  1.1  christos 
   1913  1.1  christos     default:
   1914  1.1  christos       complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown type qualifier 0x%x"), tq);
   1915  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1916  1.1  christos     }
   1917  1.1  christos }
   1918  1.1  christos 
   1919  1.1  christos 
   1920  1.1  christos /* Parse a procedure descriptor record PR.  Note that the procedure is
   1921  1.1  christos    parsed _after_ the local symbols, now we just insert the extra
   1922  1.1  christos    information we need into a MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol that has
   1923  1.1  christos    already been placed in the procedure's main block.  Note also that
   1924  1.1  christos    images that have been partially stripped (ld -x) have been deprived
   1925  1.1  christos    of local symbols, and we have to cope with them here.  FIRST_OFF is
   1926  1.1  christos    the offset of the first procedure for this FDR; we adjust the
   1927  1.1  christos    address by this amount, but I don't know why.  SEARCH_SYMTAB is the symtab
   1928  1.1  christos    to look for the function which contains the MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME symbol
   1929  1.1  christos    in question, or NULL to use top_stack->cur_block.  */
   1930  1.1  christos 
   1931  1.1  christos static void parse_procedure (PDR *, struct symtab *, struct partial_symtab *);
   1932  1.1  christos 
   1933  1.1  christos static void
   1934  1.1  christos parse_procedure (PDR *pr, struct symtab *search_symtab,
   1935  1.1  christos 		 struct partial_symtab *pst)
   1936  1.1  christos {
   1937  1.1  christos   struct symbol *s, *i;
   1938  1.1  christos   struct block *b;
   1939  1.1  christos   char *sh_name;
   1940  1.1  christos 
   1941  1.1  christos   /* Simple rule to find files linked "-x".  */
   1942  1.1  christos   if (cur_fdr->rss == -1)
   1943  1.1  christos     {
   1944  1.1  christos       if (pr->isym == -1)
   1945  1.1  christos 	{
   1946  1.1  christos 	  /* Static procedure at address pr->adr.  Sigh.  */
   1947  1.1  christos 	  /* FIXME-32x64.  assuming pr->adr fits in long.  */
   1948  1.1  christos 	  complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   1949  1.1  christos 		     _("can't handle PDR for static proc at 0x%lx"),
   1950  1.1  christos 		     (unsigned long) pr->adr);
   1951  1.1  christos 	  return;
   1952  1.1  christos 	}
   1953  1.1  christos       else
   1954  1.1  christos 	{
   1955  1.1  christos 	  /* external */
   1956  1.1  christos 	  EXTR she;
   1957  1.1  christos 
   1958  1.1  christos 	  (*debug_swap->swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd,
   1959  1.1  christos 				      ((char *) debug_info->external_ext
   1960  1.1  christos 				       + (pr->isym
   1961  1.1  christos 					  * debug_swap->external_ext_size)),
   1962  1.1  christos 				      &she);
   1963  1.1  christos 	  sh_name = debug_info->ssext + she.asym.iss;
   1964  1.1  christos 	}
   1965  1.1  christos     }
   1966  1.1  christos   else
   1967  1.1  christos     {
   1968  1.1  christos       /* Full symbols */
   1969  1.1  christos       SYMR sh;
   1970  1.1  christos 
   1971  1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   1972  1.1  christos 				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   1973  1.1  christos 				   + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + pr->isym)
   1974  1.1  christos 				      * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
   1975  1.1  christos 				  &sh);
   1976  1.1  christos       sh_name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   1977  1.1  christos     }
   1978  1.1  christos 
   1979  1.1  christos   if (search_symtab != NULL)
   1980  1.1  christos     {
   1981  1.1  christos #if 0
   1982  1.1  christos       /* This loses both in the case mentioned (want a static, find a global),
   1983  1.1  christos          but also if we are looking up a non-mangled name which happens to
   1984  1.1  christos          match the name of a mangled function.  */
   1985  1.1  christos       /* We have to save the cur_fdr across the call to lookup_symbol.
   1986  1.1  christos          If the pdr is for a static function and if a global function with
   1987  1.1  christos          the same name exists, lookup_symbol will eventually read in the symtab
   1988  1.1  christos          for the global function and clobber cur_fdr.  */
   1989  1.1  christos       FDR *save_cur_fdr = cur_fdr;
   1990  1.1  christos 
   1991  1.1  christos       s = lookup_symbol (sh_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, 0);
   1992  1.1  christos       cur_fdr = save_cur_fdr;
   1993  1.1  christos #else
   1994  1.1  christos       s = mylookup_symbol
   1995  1.1  christos 	(sh_name,
   1996  1.1  christos 	 BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (search_symtab), STATIC_BLOCK),
   1997  1.1  christos 	 VAR_DOMAIN,
   1998  1.1  christos 	 LOC_BLOCK);
   1999  1.1  christos #endif
   2000  1.1  christos     }
   2001  1.1  christos   else
   2002  1.1  christos     s = mylookup_symbol (sh_name, top_stack->cur_block,
   2003  1.1  christos 			 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK);
   2004  1.1  christos 
   2005  1.1  christos   if (s != 0)
   2006  1.1  christos     {
   2007  1.1  christos       b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s);
   2008  1.1  christos     }
   2009  1.1  christos   else
   2010  1.1  christos     {
   2011  1.1  christos       complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("PDR for %s, but no symbol"), sh_name);
   2012  1.1  christos #if 1
   2013  1.1  christos       return;
   2014  1.1  christos #else
   2015  1.1  christos /* FIXME -- delete.  We can't do symbol allocation now; it's all done.  */
   2016  1.1  christos       s = new_symbol (sh_name);
   2017  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = VAR_DOMAIN;
   2018  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_CLASS (s) = LOC_BLOCK;
   2019  1.1  christos       /* Donno its type, hope int is ok.  */
   2020  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_TYPE (s)
   2021  1.1  christos 	= lookup_function_type (objfile_type (pst->objfile)->builtin_int);
   2022  1.1  christos       add_symbol (s, top_stack->cur_st, top_stack->cur_block);
   2023  1.1  christos       /* Won't have symbols for this one.  */
   2024  1.1  christos       b = new_block (2);
   2025  1.1  christos       SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (s) = b;
   2026  1.1  christos       BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) = s;
   2027  1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (b) = pr->adr;
   2028  1.1  christos       /* BOUND used to be the end of procedure's text, but the
   2029  1.1  christos          argument is no longer passed in.  */
   2030  1.1  christos       BLOCK_END (b) = bound;
   2031  1.1  christos       BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b) = top_stack->cur_block;
   2032  1.1  christos       add_block (b, top_stack->cur_st);
   2033  1.1  christos #endif
   2034  1.1  christos     }
   2035  1.1  christos 
   2036  1.1  christos   i = mylookup_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME, b, LABEL_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST);
   2037  1.1  christos 
   2038  1.1  christos   if (i)
   2039  1.1  christos     {
   2040  1.1  christos       struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e;
   2041  1.1  christos 
   2042  1.1  christos       e = (struct mdebug_extra_func_info *) SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (i);
   2043  1.1  christos       e->pdr = *pr;
   2044  1.1  christos 
   2045  1.1  christos       /* GDB expects the absolute function start address for the
   2046  1.1  christos          procedure descriptor in e->pdr.adr.
   2047  1.1  christos          As the address in the procedure descriptor is usually relative,
   2048  1.1  christos          we would have to relocate e->pdr.adr with cur_fdr->adr and
   2049  1.1  christos          ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (pst->objfile)).
   2050  1.1  christos          Unfortunately cur_fdr->adr and e->pdr.adr are both absolute
   2051  1.1  christos          in shared libraries on some systems, and on other systems
   2052  1.1  christos          e->pdr.adr is sometimes offset by a bogus value.
   2053  1.1  christos          To work around these problems, we replace e->pdr.adr with
   2054  1.1  christos          the start address of the function.  */
   2055  1.1  christos       e->pdr.adr = BLOCK_START (b);
   2056  1.1  christos     }
   2057  1.1  christos 
   2058  1.1  christos   /* It would be reasonable that functions that have been compiled
   2059  1.1  christos      without debugging info have a btNil type for their return value,
   2060  1.1  christos      and functions that are void and are compiled with debugging info
   2061  1.1  christos      have btVoid.
   2062  1.1  christos      gcc and DEC f77 put out btNil types for both cases, so btNil is mapped
   2063  1.1  christos      to TYPE_CODE_VOID in parse_type to get the `compiled with debugging info'
   2064  1.1  christos      case right.
   2065  1.1  christos      The glevel field in cur_fdr could be used to determine the presence
   2066  1.1  christos      of debugging info, but GCC doesn't always pass the -g switch settings
   2067  1.1  christos      to the assembler and GAS doesn't set the glevel field from the -g switch
   2068  1.1  christos      settings.
   2069  1.1  christos      To work around these problems, the return value type of a TYPE_CODE_VOID
   2070  1.1  christos      function is adjusted accordingly if no debugging info was found in the
   2071  1.1  christos      compilation unit.  */
   2072  1.1  christos 
   2073  1.1  christos   if (processing_gcc_compilation == 0
   2074  1.1  christos       && found_ecoff_debugging_info == 0
   2075  1.1  christos       && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (s))) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
   2076  1.1  christos     SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (mdebugread_objfile)->nodebug_text_symbol;
   2077  1.1  christos }
   2078  1.1  christos 
   2079  1.1  christos /* Parse the external symbol ES.  Just call parse_symbol() after
   2080  1.1  christos    making sure we know where the aux are for it.
   2081  1.1  christos    BIGEND says whether aux entries are big-endian or little-endian.
   2082  1.1  christos 
   2083  1.1  christos    This routine clobbers top_stack->cur_block and ->cur_st.  */
   2084  1.1  christos 
   2085  1.1  christos static void parse_external (EXTR *, int, struct section_offsets *,
   2086  1.1  christos 			    struct objfile *);
   2087  1.1  christos 
   2088  1.1  christos static void
   2089  1.1  christos parse_external (EXTR *es, int bigend, struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
   2090  1.1  christos 		struct objfile *objfile)
   2091  1.1  christos {
   2092  1.1  christos   union aux_ext *ax;
   2093  1.1  christos 
   2094  1.1  christos   if (es->ifd != ifdNil)
   2095  1.1  christos     {
   2096  1.1  christos       cur_fd = es->ifd;
   2097  1.1  christos       cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr + cur_fd;
   2098  1.1  christos       ax = debug_info->external_aux + cur_fdr->iauxBase;
   2099  1.1  christos     }
   2100  1.1  christos   else
   2101  1.1  christos     {
   2102  1.1  christos       cur_fdr = debug_info->fdr;
   2103  1.1  christos       ax = 0;
   2104  1.1  christos     }
   2105  1.1  christos 
   2106  1.1  christos   /* Reading .o files */
   2107  1.1  christos   if (SC_IS_UNDEF (es->asym.sc) || es->asym.sc == scNil)
   2108  1.1  christos     {
   2109  1.1  christos       char *what;
   2110  1.1  christos       switch (es->asym.st)
   2111  1.1  christos 	{
   2112  1.1  christos 	case stNil:
   2113  1.1  christos 	  /* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
   2114  1.1  christos 	     ignore them.  */
   2115  1.1  christos 	  return;
   2116  1.1  christos 	case stStaticProc:
   2117  1.1  christos 	case stProc:
   2118  1.1  christos 	  what = "procedure";
   2119  1.1  christos 	  n_undef_procs++;
   2120  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2121  1.1  christos 	case stGlobal:
   2122  1.1  christos 	  what = "variable";
   2123  1.1  christos 	  n_undef_vars++;
   2124  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2125  1.1  christos 	case stLabel:
   2126  1.1  christos 	  what = "label";
   2127  1.1  christos 	  n_undef_labels++;
   2128  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2129  1.1  christos 	default:
   2130  1.1  christos 	  what = "symbol";
   2131  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2132  1.1  christos 	}
   2133  1.1  christos       n_undef_symbols++;
   2134  1.1  christos       /* FIXME:  Turn this into a complaint?  */
   2135  1.1  christos       if (info_verbose)
   2136  1.1  christos 	printf_filtered (_("Warning: %s `%s' is undefined (in %s)\n"),
   2137  1.1  christos 			 what, debug_info->ssext + es->asym.iss,
   2138  1.1  christos 			 fdr_name (cur_fdr));
   2139  1.1  christos       return;
   2140  1.1  christos     }
   2141  1.1  christos 
   2142  1.1  christos   switch (es->asym.st)
   2143  1.1  christos     {
   2144  1.1  christos     case stProc:
   2145  1.1  christos     case stStaticProc:
   2146  1.1  christos       /* There is no need to parse the external procedure symbols.
   2147  1.1  christos          If they are from objects compiled without -g, their index will
   2148  1.1  christos          be indexNil, and the symbol definition from the minimal symbol
   2149  1.1  christos          is preferrable (yielding a function returning int instead of int).
   2150  1.1  christos          If the index points to a local procedure symbol, the local
   2151  1.1  christos          symbol already provides the correct type.
   2152  1.1  christos          Note that the index of the external procedure symbol points
   2153  1.1  christos          to the local procedure symbol in the local symbol table, and
   2154  1.1  christos          _not_ to the auxiliary symbol info.  */
   2155  1.1  christos       break;
   2156  1.1  christos     case stGlobal:
   2157  1.1  christos     case stLabel:
   2158  1.1  christos       /* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
   2159  1.1  christos          ignore them.  */
   2160  1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_COMMON (es->asym.sc))
   2161  1.1  christos 	break;
   2162  1.1  christos 
   2163  1.1  christos       /* Note that the case of a symbol with indexNil must be handled
   2164  1.1  christos          anyways by parse_symbol().  */
   2165  1.1  christos       parse_symbol (&es->asym, ax, (char *) NULL,
   2166  1.1  christos 		    bigend, section_offsets, objfile);
   2167  1.1  christos       break;
   2168  1.1  christos     default:
   2169  1.1  christos       break;
   2170  1.1  christos     }
   2171  1.1  christos }
   2172  1.1  christos 
   2173  1.1  christos /* Parse the line number info for file descriptor FH into
   2174  1.1  christos    GDB's linetable LT.  MIPS' encoding requires a little bit
   2175  1.1  christos    of magic to get things out.  Note also that MIPS' line
   2176  1.1  christos    numbers can go back and forth, apparently we can live
   2177  1.1  christos    with that and do not need to reorder our linetables.  */
   2178  1.1  christos 
   2179  1.1  christos static void parse_lines (FDR *, PDR *, struct linetable *, int,
   2180  1.1  christos 			 struct partial_symtab *, CORE_ADDR);
   2181  1.1  christos 
   2182  1.1  christos static void
   2183  1.1  christos parse_lines (FDR *fh, PDR *pr, struct linetable *lt, int maxlines,
   2184  1.1  christos 	     struct partial_symtab *pst, CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr)
   2185  1.1  christos {
   2186  1.1  christos   unsigned char *base;
   2187  1.1  christos   int j, k;
   2188  1.1  christos   int delta, count, lineno = 0;
   2189  1.1  christos 
   2190  1.1  christos   if (fh->cbLine == 0)
   2191  1.1  christos     return;
   2192  1.1  christos 
   2193  1.1  christos   /* Scan by procedure descriptors.  */
   2194  1.1  christos   k = 0;
   2195  1.1  christos   for (j = 0; j < fh->cpd; j++, pr++)
   2196  1.1  christos     {
   2197  1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR l;
   2198  1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR adr;
   2199  1.1  christos       unsigned char *halt;
   2200  1.1  christos 
   2201  1.1  christos       /* No code for this one.  */
   2202  1.1  christos       if (pr->iline == ilineNil ||
   2203  1.1  christos 	  pr->lnLow == -1 || pr->lnHigh == -1)
   2204  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2205  1.1  christos 
   2206  1.1  christos       /* Determine start and end address of compressed line bytes for
   2207  1.1  christos          this procedure.  */
   2208  1.1  christos       base = debug_info->line + fh->cbLineOffset;
   2209  1.1  christos       if (j != (fh->cpd - 1))
   2210  1.1  christos 	halt = base + pr[1].cbLineOffset;
   2211  1.1  christos       else
   2212  1.1  christos 	halt = base + fh->cbLine;
   2213  1.1  christos       base += pr->cbLineOffset;
   2214  1.1  christos 
   2215  1.1  christos       adr = pst->textlow + pr->adr - lowest_pdr_addr;
   2216  1.1  christos 
   2217  1.1  christos       l = adr >> 2;		/* in words */
   2218  1.1  christos       for (lineno = pr->lnLow; base < halt;)
   2219  1.1  christos 	{
   2220  1.1  christos 	  count = *base & 0x0f;
   2221  1.1  christos 	  delta = *base++ >> 4;
   2222  1.1  christos 	  if (delta >= 8)
   2223  1.1  christos 	    delta -= 16;
   2224  1.1  christos 	  if (delta == -8)
   2225  1.1  christos 	    {
   2226  1.1  christos 	      delta = (base[0] << 8) | base[1];
   2227  1.1  christos 	      if (delta >= 0x8000)
   2228  1.1  christos 		delta -= 0x10000;
   2229  1.1  christos 	      base += 2;
   2230  1.1  christos 	    }
   2231  1.1  christos 	  lineno += delta;	/* first delta is 0 */
   2232  1.1  christos 
   2233  1.1  christos 	  /* Complain if the line table overflows.  Could happen
   2234  1.1  christos 	     with corrupt binaries.  */
   2235  1.1  christos 	  if (lt->nitems >= maxlines)
   2236  1.1  christos 	    {
   2237  1.1  christos 	      complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   2238  1.1  christos 			 _("guessed size of linetable for %s incorrectly"),
   2239  1.1  christos 			 fdr_name (fh));
   2240  1.1  christos 	      break;
   2241  1.1  christos 	    }
   2242  1.1  christos 	  k = add_line (lt, lineno, l, k);
   2243  1.1  christos 	  l += count + 1;
   2244  1.1  christos 	}
   2245  1.1  christos     }
   2246  1.1  christos }
   2247  1.1  christos 
   2248  1.1  christos static void
   2250  1.1  christos function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (const char *arg1)
   2251  1.1  christos {
   2252  1.1  christos   complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   2253  1.1  christos 	     _("function `%s' appears to be defined "
   2254  1.1  christos 	       "outside of all compilation units"),
   2255  1.1  christos 	     arg1);
   2256  1.1  christos }
   2257  1.1  christos 
   2258  1.1  christos /* Use the STORAGE_CLASS to compute which section the given symbol
   2259  1.1  christos    belongs to, and then records this new minimal symbol.  */
   2260  1.1  christos 
   2261  1.1  christos static void
   2262  1.1  christos record_minimal_symbol (const char *name, const CORE_ADDR address,
   2263  1.1  christos                        enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type, int storage_class,
   2264  1.1  christos                        struct objfile *objfile)
   2265  1.1  christos {
   2266  1.1  christos   int section;
   2267  1.1  christos 
   2268  1.1  christos   switch (storage_class)
   2269  1.1  christos     {
   2270  1.1  christos       case scText:
   2271  1.1  christos         section = SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile);
   2272  1.1  christos         break;
   2273  1.1  christos       case scData:
   2274  1.1  christos         section = SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile);
   2275  1.1  christos         break;
   2276  1.1  christos       case scBss:
   2277  1.1  christos         section = SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile);
   2278  1.1  christos         break;
   2279  1.1  christos       case scSData:
   2280  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sdata");
   2281  1.1  christos         break;
   2282  1.1  christos       case scSBss:
   2283  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
   2284  1.1  christos         break;
   2285  1.1  christos       case scRData:
   2286  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rdata");
   2287  1.1  christos         break;
   2288  1.1  christos       case scInit:
   2289  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".init");
   2290  1.1  christos         break;
   2291  1.1  christos       case scXData:
   2292  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".xdata");
   2293  1.1  christos         break;
   2294  1.1  christos       case scPData:
   2295  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".pdata");
   2296  1.1  christos         break;
   2297  1.1  christos       case scFini:
   2298  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".fini");
   2299  1.1  christos         break;
   2300  1.1  christos       case scRConst:
   2301  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".rconst");
   2302  1.1  christos         break;
   2303  1.1  christos #ifdef scTlsData
   2304  1.1  christos       case scTlsData:
   2305  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsdata");
   2306  1.1  christos         break;
   2307  1.1  christos #endif
   2308  1.1  christos #ifdef scTlsBss
   2309  1.1  christos       case scTlsBss:
   2310  1.1  christos         section = get_section_index (objfile, ".tlsbss");
   2311  1.1  christos         break;
   2312  1.1  christos #endif
   2313  1.1  christos       default:
   2314  1.1  christos         /* This kind of symbol is not associated to a section.  */
   2315  1.1  christos         section = -1;
   2316  1.1  christos     }
   2317  1.1  christos 
   2318  1.1  christos   prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, address, ms_type,
   2319  1.1  christos                                        section, objfile);
   2320  1.1  christos }
   2321  1.1  christos 
   2322  1.1  christos /* Master parsing procedure for first-pass reading of file symbols
   2323  1.1  christos    into a partial_symtab.  */
   2324  1.1  christos 
   2325  1.1  christos static void
   2326  1.1  christos parse_partial_symbols (struct objfile *objfile)
   2327  1.1  christos {
   2328  1.1  christos   struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
   2329  1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   2330  1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_rfd_size = debug_swap->external_rfd_size;
   2331  1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_ext_size = debug_swap->external_ext_size;
   2332  1.1  christos   void (*const swap_ext_in) (bfd *, void *, EXTR *) = debug_swap->swap_ext_in;
   2333  1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   2334  1.1  christos   void (*const swap_rfd_in) (bfd *, void *, RFDT *) = debug_swap->swap_rfd_in;
   2335  1.1  christos   int f_idx, s_idx;
   2336  1.1  christos   HDRR *hdr = &debug_info->symbolic_header;
   2337  1.1  christos   /* Running pointers */
   2338  1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   2339  1.1  christos   char *ext_out;
   2340  1.1  christos   char *ext_out_end;
   2341  1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_block;
   2342  1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_in;
   2343  1.1  christos   EXTR *ext_in_end;
   2344  1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   2345  1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab *pst;
   2346  1.1  christos   int textlow_not_set = 1;
   2347  1.1  christos   int past_first_source_file = 0;
   2348  1.1  christos 
   2349  1.1  christos   /* List of current psymtab's include files.  */
   2350  1.1  christos   const char **psymtab_include_list;
   2351  1.1  christos   int includes_allocated;
   2352  1.1  christos   int includes_used;
   2353  1.1  christos   EXTR *extern_tab;
   2354  1.1  christos   struct pst_map *fdr_to_pst;
   2355  1.1  christos   /* Index within current psymtab dependency list.  */
   2356  1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
   2357  1.1  christos   int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
   2358  1.1  christos   struct cleanup *old_chain;
   2359  1.1  christos   char *name;
   2360  1.1  christos   enum language prev_language;
   2361  1.1  christos   asection *text_sect;
   2362  1.1  christos   int relocatable = 0;
   2363  1.1  christos 
   2364  1.1  christos   /* Irix 5.2 shared libraries have a fh->adr field of zero, but
   2365  1.1  christos      the shared libraries are prelinked at a high memory address.
   2366  1.1  christos      We have to adjust the start address of the object file for this case,
   2367  1.1  christos      by setting it to the start address of the first procedure in the file.
   2368  1.1  christos      But we should do no adjustments if we are debugging a .o file, where
   2369  1.1  christos      the text section (and fh->adr) really starts at zero.  */
   2370  1.1  christos   text_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (cur_bfd, ".text");
   2371  1.1  christos   if (text_sect != NULL
   2372  1.1  christos       && (bfd_get_section_flags (cur_bfd, text_sect) & SEC_RELOC))
   2373  1.1  christos     relocatable = 1;
   2374  1.1  christos 
   2375  1.1  christos   extern_tab = (EXTR *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   2376  1.1  christos 				       sizeof (EXTR) * hdr->iextMax);
   2377  1.1  christos 
   2378  1.1  christos   includes_allocated = 30;
   2379  1.1  christos   includes_used = 0;
   2380  1.1  christos   psymtab_include_list = (const char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
   2381  1.1  christos 						 sizeof (const char *));
   2382  1.1  christos   next_symbol_text_func = mdebug_next_symbol_text;
   2383  1.1  christos 
   2384  1.1  christos   dependencies_allocated = 30;
   2385  1.1  christos   dependencies_used = 0;
   2386  1.1  christos   dependency_list =
   2387  1.1  christos     (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
   2388  1.1  christos 				       sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
   2389  1.1  christos 
   2390  1.1  christos   set_last_source_file (NULL);
   2391  1.1  christos 
   2392  1.1  christos   /*
   2393  1.1  christos    * Big plan:
   2394  1.1  christos    *
   2395  1.1  christos    * Only parse the Local and External symbols, and the Relative FDR.
   2396  1.1  christos    * Fixup enough of the loader symtab to be able to use it.
   2397  1.1  christos    * Allocate space only for the file's portions we need to
   2398  1.1  christos    * look at.  (XXX)
   2399  1.1  christos    */
   2400  1.1  christos 
   2401  1.1  christos   max_gdbinfo = 0;
   2402  1.1  christos   max_glevel = MIN_GLEVEL;
   2403  1.1  christos 
   2404  1.1  christos   /* Allocate the map FDR -> PST.
   2405  1.1  christos      Minor hack: -O3 images might claim some global data belongs
   2406  1.1  christos      to FDR -1.  We`ll go along with that.  */
   2407  1.1  christos   fdr_to_pst = (struct pst_map *)
   2408  1.1  christos     xzalloc ((hdr->ifdMax + 1) * sizeof *fdr_to_pst);
   2409  1.1  christos   old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, fdr_to_pst);
   2410  1.1  christos   fdr_to_pst++;
   2411  1.1  christos   {
   2412  1.1  christos     struct partial_symtab *pst = new_psymtab ("", objfile);
   2413  1.1  christos 
   2414  1.1  christos     fdr_to_pst[-1].pst = pst;
   2415  1.1  christos     FDR_IDX (pst) = -1;
   2416  1.1  christos   }
   2417  1.1  christos 
   2418  1.1  christos   /* Allocate the global pending list.  */
   2419  1.1  christos   pending_list =
   2420  1.1  christos     ((struct mdebug_pending **)
   2421  1.1  christos      obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   2422  1.1  christos 		    hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *)));
   2423  1.1  christos   memset (pending_list, 0,
   2424  1.1  christos 	  hdr->ifdMax * sizeof (struct mdebug_pending *));
   2425  1.1  christos 
   2426  1.1  christos   /* Pass 0 over external syms: swap them in.  */
   2427  1.1  christos   ext_block = (EXTR *) xmalloc (hdr->iextMax * sizeof (EXTR));
   2428  1.1  christos   make_cleanup (xfree, ext_block);
   2429  1.1  christos 
   2430  1.1  christos   ext_out = (char *) debug_info->external_ext;
   2431  1.1  christos   ext_out_end = ext_out + hdr->iextMax * external_ext_size;
   2432  1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block;
   2433  1.1  christos   for (; ext_out < ext_out_end; ext_out += external_ext_size, ext_in++)
   2434  1.1  christos     (*swap_ext_in) (cur_bfd, ext_out, ext_in);
   2435  1.1  christos 
   2436  1.1  christos   /* Pass 1 over external syms: Presize and partition the list.  */
   2437  1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block;
   2438  1.1  christos   ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
   2439  1.1  christos   for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
   2440  1.1  christos     {
   2441  1.1  christos       /* See calls to complain below.  */
   2442  1.1  christos       if (ext_in->ifd >= -1
   2443  1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->ifd < hdr->ifdMax
   2444  1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->asym.iss >= 0
   2445  1.1  christos 	  && ext_in->asym.iss < hdr->issExtMax)
   2446  1.1  christos 	fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++;
   2447  1.1  christos     }
   2448  1.1  christos 
   2449  1.1  christos   /* Pass 1.5 over files:  partition out global symbol space.  */
   2450  1.1  christos   s_idx = 0;
   2451  1.1  christos   for (f_idx = -1; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   2452  1.1  christos     {
   2453  1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset = s_idx;
   2454  1.1  christos       s_idx += fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
   2455  1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals = 0;
   2456  1.1  christos     }
   2457  1.1  christos 
   2458  1.1  christos   /* ECOFF in ELF:
   2459  1.1  christos 
   2460  1.1  christos      For ECOFF in ELF, we skip the creation of the minimal symbols.
   2461  1.1  christos      The ECOFF symbols should be a subset of the Elf symbols, and the
   2462  1.1  christos      section information of the elf symbols will be more accurate.
   2463  1.1  christos      FIXME!  What about Irix 5's native linker?
   2464  1.1  christos 
   2465  1.1  christos      By default, Elf sections which don't exist in ECOFF
   2466  1.1  christos      get put in ECOFF's absolute section by the gnu linker.
   2467  1.1  christos      Since absolute sections don't get relocated, we
   2468  1.1  christos      end up calculating an address different from that of
   2469  1.1  christos      the symbol's minimal symbol (created earlier from the
   2470  1.1  christos      Elf symtab).
   2471  1.1  christos 
   2472  1.1  christos      To fix this, either :
   2473  1.1  christos      1) don't create the duplicate symbol
   2474  1.1  christos      (assumes ECOFF symtab is a subset of the ELF symtab;
   2475  1.1  christos      assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
   2476  1.1  christos      2) create it, only if lookup for existing symbol in ELF's minimal
   2477  1.1  christos      symbols fails
   2478  1.1  christos      (inefficient;
   2479  1.1  christos      assumes no side-effects result from ignoring ECOFF symbol)
   2480  1.1  christos      3) create it, but lookup ELF's minimal symbol and use it's section
   2481  1.1  christos      during relocation, then modify "uniqify" phase to merge and
   2482  1.1  christos      eliminate the duplicate symbol
   2483  1.1  christos      (highly inefficient)
   2484  1.1  christos 
   2485  1.1  christos      I've implemented #1 here...
   2486  1.1  christos      Skip the creation of the minimal symbols based on the ECOFF
   2487  1.1  christos      symbol table.  */
   2488  1.1  christos 
   2489  1.1  christos   /* Pass 2 over external syms: fill in external symbols.  */
   2490  1.1  christos   ext_in = ext_block;
   2491  1.1  christos   ext_in_end = ext_in + hdr->iextMax;
   2492  1.1  christos   for (; ext_in < ext_in_end; ext_in++)
   2493  1.1  christos     {
   2494  1.1  christos       enum minimal_symbol_type ms_type = mst_text;
   2495  1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR svalue = ext_in->asym.value;
   2496  1.1  christos 
   2497  1.1  christos       /* The Irix 5 native tools seem to sometimes generate bogus
   2498  1.1  christos          external symbols.  */
   2499  1.1  christos       if (ext_in->ifd < -1 || ext_in->ifd >= hdr->ifdMax)
   2500  1.1  christos 	{
   2501  1.1  christos 	  complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   2502  1.1  christos 		     _("bad ifd for external symbol: %d (max %ld)"),
   2503  1.1  christos 		     ext_in->ifd, hdr->ifdMax);
   2504  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2505  1.1  christos 	}
   2506  1.1  christos       if (ext_in->asym.iss < 0 || ext_in->asym.iss >= hdr->issExtMax)
   2507  1.1  christos 	{
   2508  1.1  christos 	  complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   2509  1.1  christos 		     _("bad iss for external symbol: %ld (max %ld)"),
   2510  1.1  christos 		     ext_in->asym.iss, hdr->issExtMax);
   2511  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2512  1.1  christos 	}
   2513  1.1  christos 
   2514  1.1  christos       extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].globals_offset
   2515  1.1  christos 		 + fdr_to_pst[ext_in->ifd].n_globals++] = *ext_in;
   2516  1.1  christos 
   2517  1.1  christos 
   2518  1.1  christos       if (SC_IS_UNDEF (ext_in->asym.sc) || ext_in->asym.sc == scNil)
   2519  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2520  1.1  christos 
   2521  1.1  christos 
   2522  1.1  christos       /* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols.  */
   2523  1.1  christos       name = debug_info->ssext + ext_in->asym.iss;
   2524  1.1  christos 
   2525  1.1  christos       /* Process ECOFF Symbol Types and Storage Classes.  */
   2526  1.1  christos       switch (ext_in->asym.st)
   2527  1.1  christos 	{
   2528  1.1  christos 	case stProc:
   2529  1.1  christos 	  /* Beginnning of Procedure */
   2530  1.1  christos 	  svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2531  1.1  christos 			      SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2532  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2533  1.1  christos 	case stStaticProc:
   2534  1.1  christos 	  /* Load time only static procs */
   2535  1.1  christos 	  ms_type = mst_file_text;
   2536  1.1  christos 	  svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2537  1.1  christos 			      SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2538  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2539  1.1  christos 	case stGlobal:
   2540  1.1  christos 	  /* External symbol */
   2541  1.1  christos 	  if (SC_IS_COMMON (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2542  1.1  christos 	    {
   2543  1.1  christos 	      /* The value of a common symbol is its size, not its address.
   2544  1.1  christos 	         Ignore it.  */
   2545  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   2546  1.1  christos 	    }
   2547  1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2548  1.1  christos 	    {
   2549  1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_data;
   2550  1.1  christos 	      svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2551  1.1  christos 				  SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   2552  1.1  christos 	    }
   2553  1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2554  1.1  christos 	    {
   2555  1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_bss;
   2556  1.1  christos 	      svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2557  1.1  christos 				  SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   2558  1.1  christos 	    }
   2559  1.1  christos           else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2560  1.1  christos             {
   2561  1.1  christos               ms_type = mst_bss;
   2562  1.1  christos               svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2563  1.1  christos                                   get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss"));
   2564  1.1  christos             }
   2565  1.1  christos 	  else
   2566  1.1  christos 	    ms_type = mst_abs;
   2567  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2568  1.1  christos 	case stLabel:
   2569  1.1  christos 	  /* Label */
   2570  1.1  christos 
   2571  1.1  christos           /* On certain platforms, some extra label symbols can be
   2572  1.1  christos              generated by the linker.  One possible usage for this kind
   2573  1.1  christos              of symbols is to represent the address of the begining of a
   2574  1.1  christos              given section.  For instance, on Tru64 5.1, the address of
   2575  1.1  christos              the _ftext label is the start address of the .text section.
   2576  1.1  christos 
   2577  1.1  christos              The storage class of these symbols is usually directly
   2578  1.1  christos              related to the section to which the symbol refers.  For
   2579  1.1  christos              instance, on Tru64 5.1, the storage class for the _fdata
   2580  1.1  christos              label is scData, refering to the .data section.
   2581  1.1  christos 
   2582  1.1  christos              It is actually possible that the section associated to the
   2583  1.1  christos              storage class of the label does not exist.  On True64 5.1
   2584  1.1  christos              for instance, the libm.so shared library does not contain
   2585  1.1  christos              any .data section, although it contains a _fpdata label
   2586  1.1  christos              which storage class is scData...  Since these symbols are
   2587  1.1  christos              usually useless for the debugger user anyway, we just
   2588  1.1  christos              discard these symbols.  */
   2589  1.1  christos 
   2590  1.1  christos 	  if (SC_IS_TEXT (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2591  1.1  christos 	    {
   2592  1.1  christos               if (objfile->sect_index_text == -1)
   2593  1.1  christos                 continue;
   2594  1.1  christos 
   2595  1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_text;
   2596  1.1  christos 	      svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2597  1.1  christos 				  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2598  1.1  christos 	    }
   2599  1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_DATA (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2600  1.1  christos 	    {
   2601  1.1  christos               if (objfile->sect_index_data == -1)
   2602  1.1  christos                 continue;
   2603  1.1  christos 
   2604  1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_data;
   2605  1.1  christos 	      svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2606  1.1  christos 				  SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   2607  1.1  christos 	    }
   2608  1.1  christos 	  else if (SC_IS_BSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2609  1.1  christos 	    {
   2610  1.1  christos               if (objfile->sect_index_bss == -1)
   2611  1.1  christos                 continue;
   2612  1.1  christos 
   2613  1.1  christos 	      ms_type = mst_file_bss;
   2614  1.1  christos 	      svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2615  1.1  christos 				  SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   2616  1.1  christos 	    }
   2617  1.1  christos           else if (SC_IS_SBSS (ext_in->asym.sc))
   2618  1.1  christos             {
   2619  1.1  christos               const int sbss_sect_index = get_section_index (objfile, ".sbss");
   2620  1.1  christos 
   2621  1.1  christos               if (sbss_sect_index == -1)
   2622  1.1  christos                 continue;
   2623  1.1  christos 
   2624  1.1  christos               ms_type = mst_file_bss;
   2625  1.1  christos               svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, sbss_sect_index);
   2626  1.1  christos             }
   2627  1.1  christos 	  else
   2628  1.1  christos 	    ms_type = mst_abs;
   2629  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2630  1.1  christos 	case stLocal:
   2631  1.1  christos 	case stNil:
   2632  1.1  christos 	  /* The alpha has the section start addresses in stLocal symbols
   2633  1.1  christos 	     whose name starts with a `.'.  Skip those but complain for all
   2634  1.1  christos 	     other stLocal symbols.
   2635  1.1  christos 	     Irix6 puts the section start addresses in stNil symbols, skip
   2636  1.1  christos 	     those too.  */
   2637  1.1  christos 	  if (name[0] == '.')
   2638  1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2639  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2640  1.1  christos 	default:
   2641  1.1  christos 	  ms_type = mst_unknown;
   2642  1.1  christos 	  unknown_ext_complaint (name);
   2643  1.1  christos 	}
   2644  1.1  christos       if (!ECOFF_IN_ELF (cur_bfd))
   2645  1.1  christos         record_minimal_symbol (name, svalue, ms_type, ext_in->asym.sc,
   2646  1.1  christos                                objfile);
   2647  1.1  christos     }
   2648  1.1  christos 
   2649  1.1  christos   /* Pass 3 over files, over local syms: fill in static symbols.  */
   2650  1.1  christos   for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   2651  1.1  christos     {
   2652  1.1  christos       struct partial_symtab *save_pst;
   2653  1.1  christos       EXTR *ext_ptr;
   2654  1.1  christos       CORE_ADDR textlow;
   2655  1.1  christos 
   2656  1.1  christos       cur_fdr = fh = debug_info->fdr + f_idx;
   2657  1.1  christos 
   2658  1.1  christos       if (fh->csym == 0)
   2659  1.1  christos 	{
   2660  1.1  christos 	  fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = NULL;
   2661  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2662  1.1  christos 	}
   2663  1.1  christos 
   2664  1.1  christos       /* Determine the start address for this object file from the
   2665  1.1  christos          file header and relocate it, except for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   2666  1.1  christos       if (fh->cpd)
   2667  1.1  christos 	{
   2668  1.1  christos 	  textlow = fh->adr;
   2669  1.1  christos 	  if (relocatable || textlow != 0)
   2670  1.1  christos 	    textlow += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2671  1.1  christos 				 SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2672  1.1  christos 	}
   2673  1.1  christos       else
   2674  1.1  christos 	textlow = 0;
   2675  1.1  christos       pst = start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets,
   2676  1.1  christos 				  fdr_name (fh),
   2677  1.1  christos 				  textlow,
   2678  1.1  christos 				  objfile->global_psymbols.next,
   2679  1.1  christos 				  objfile->static_psymbols.next);
   2680  1.1  christos       pst->read_symtab_private = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   2681  1.1  christos 						sizeof (struct symloc));
   2682  1.1  christos       memset (pst->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
   2683  1.1  christos 
   2684  1.1  christos       save_pst = pst;
   2685  1.1  christos       FDR_IDX (pst) = f_idx;
   2686  1.1  christos       CUR_BFD (pst) = cur_bfd;
   2687  1.1  christos       DEBUG_SWAP (pst) = debug_swap;
   2688  1.1  christos       DEBUG_INFO (pst) = debug_info;
   2689  1.1  christos       PENDING_LIST (pst) = pending_list;
   2690  1.1  christos 
   2691  1.1  christos       /* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call...  */
   2692  1.1  christos       pst->read_symtab = mdebug_read_symtab;
   2693  1.1  christos 
   2694  1.1  christos       /* Set up language for the pst.
   2695  1.1  christos          The language from the FDR is used if it is unambigious (e.g. cfront
   2696  1.1  christos          with native cc and g++ will set the language to C).
   2697  1.1  christos          Otherwise we have to deduce the language from the filename.
   2698  1.1  christos          Native ecoff has every header file in a separate FDR, so
   2699  1.1  christos          deduce_language_from_filename will return language_unknown for
   2700  1.1  christos          a header file, which is not what we want.
   2701  1.1  christos          But the FDRs for the header files are after the FDR for the source
   2702  1.1  christos          file, so we can assign the language of the source file to the
   2703  1.1  christos          following header files.  Then we save the language in the private
   2704  1.1  christos          pst data so that we can reuse it when building symtabs.  */
   2705  1.1  christos       prev_language = psymtab_language;
   2706  1.1  christos 
   2707  1.1  christos       switch (fh->lang)
   2708  1.1  christos 	{
   2709  1.1  christos 	case langCplusplusV2:
   2710  1.1  christos 	  psymtab_language = language_cplus;
   2711  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2712  1.1  christos 	default:
   2713  1.1  christos 	  psymtab_language = deduce_language_from_filename (fdr_name (fh));
   2714  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2715  1.1  christos 	}
   2716  1.1  christos       if (psymtab_language == language_unknown)
   2717  1.1  christos 	psymtab_language = prev_language;
   2718  1.1  christos       PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language = psymtab_language;
   2719  1.1  christos 
   2720  1.1  christos       pst->texthigh = pst->textlow;
   2721  1.1  christos 
   2722  1.1  christos       /* For stabs-in-ecoff files, the second symbol must be @stab.
   2723  1.1  christos          This symbol is emitted by mips-tfile to signal that the
   2724  1.1  christos          current object file uses encapsulated stabs instead of mips
   2725  1.1  christos          ecoff for local symbols.  (It is the second symbol because
   2726  1.1  christos          the first symbol is the stFile used to signal the start of a
   2727  1.1  christos          file).  */
   2728  1.1  christos       processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
   2729  1.1  christos       if (fh->csym >= 2)
   2730  1.1  christos 	{
   2731  1.1  christos 	  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2732  1.1  christos 			  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   2733  1.1  christos 			   + (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
   2734  1.1  christos 			  &sh);
   2735  1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
   2736  1.1  christos 		      stabs_symbol) == 0)
   2737  1.1  christos 	    processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
   2738  1.1  christos 	}
   2739  1.1  christos 
   2740  1.1  christos       if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
   2741  1.1  christos 	{
   2742  1.1  christos 	  for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
   2743  1.1  christos 	    {
   2744  1.1  christos 	      int type_code;
   2745  1.1  christos 	      const char *namestring;
   2746  1.1  christos 
   2747  1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2748  1.1  christos 			      (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   2749  1.1  christos 			    + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
   2750  1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   2751  1.1  christos 	      type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
   2752  1.1  christos 	      if (!ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
   2753  1.1  christos 		{
   2754  1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc)
   2755  1.1  christos 		    {
   2756  1.1  christos 		      CORE_ADDR procaddr;
   2757  1.1  christos 		      long isym;
   2758  1.1  christos 
   2759  1.1  christos 		      sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2760  1.1  christos 					    SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2761  1.1  christos 		      if (sh.st == stStaticProc)
   2762  1.1  christos 			{
   2763  1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2764  1.1  christos                           record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
   2765  1.1  christos                                                  mst_file_text, sh.sc,
   2766  1.1  christos                                                  objfile);
   2767  1.1  christos 			}
   2768  1.1  christos 		      procaddr = sh.value;
   2769  1.1  christos 
   2770  1.1  christos 		      isym = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
   2771  1.1  christos 					   (debug_info->external_aux
   2772  1.1  christos 					    + fh->iauxBase
   2773  1.1  christos 					    + sh.index));
   2774  1.1  christos 		      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2775  1.1  christos 				      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   2776  1.1  christos 				       + ((fh->isymBase + isym - 1)
   2777  1.1  christos 					  * external_sym_size)),
   2778  1.1  christos 				      &sh);
   2779  1.1  christos 		      if (sh.st == stEnd)
   2780  1.1  christos 			{
   2781  1.1  christos 			  CORE_ADDR high = procaddr + sh.value;
   2782  1.1  christos 
   2783  1.1  christos 			  /* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   2784  1.1  christos 			  if (!relocatable
   2785  1.1  christos 			  && (pst->textlow == 0 || procaddr < pst->textlow))
   2786  1.1  christos 			    pst->textlow = procaddr;
   2787  1.1  christos 			  if (high > pst->texthigh)
   2788  1.1  christos 			    pst->texthigh = high;
   2789  1.1  christos 			}
   2790  1.1  christos 		    }
   2791  1.1  christos 		  else if (sh.st == stStatic)
   2792  1.1  christos 		    {
   2793  1.1  christos 		      switch (sh.sc)
   2794  1.1  christos 			{
   2795  1.1  christos 			case scUndefined:
   2796  1.1  christos 			case scSUndefined:
   2797  1.1  christos 			case scNil:
   2798  1.1  christos 			case scAbs:
   2799  1.1  christos 			  break;
   2800  1.1  christos 
   2801  1.1  christos 			case scData:
   2802  1.1  christos 			case scSData:
   2803  1.1  christos 			case scRData:
   2804  1.1  christos 			case scPData:
   2805  1.1  christos 			case scXData:
   2806  1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2807  1.1  christos 			  sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2808  1.1  christos 						SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   2809  1.1  christos                           record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
   2810  1.1  christos                                                  mst_file_data, sh.sc,
   2811  1.1  christos                                                  objfile);
   2812  1.1  christos 			  break;
   2813  1.1  christos 
   2814  1.1  christos 			default:
   2815  1.1  christos 			  /* FIXME!  Shouldn't this use cases for bss,
   2816  1.1  christos 			     then have the default be abs?  */
   2817  1.1  christos 			  namestring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2818  1.1  christos 			  sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2819  1.1  christos 						SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   2820  1.1  christos                           record_minimal_symbol (namestring, sh.value,
   2821  1.1  christos                                                  mst_file_bss, sh.sc,
   2822  1.1  christos                                                  objfile);
   2823  1.1  christos 			  break;
   2824  1.1  christos 			}
   2825  1.1  christos 		    }
   2826  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   2827  1.1  christos 		}
   2828  1.1  christos 	      /* Handle stabs continuation.  */
   2829  1.1  christos 	      {
   2830  1.1  christos 		char *stabstring = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   2831  1.1  christos 		int len = strlen (stabstring);
   2832  1.1  christos 
   2833  1.1  christos 		while (stabstring[len - 1] == '\\')
   2834  1.1  christos 		  {
   2835  1.1  christos 		    SYMR sh2;
   2836  1.1  christos 		    char *stabstring1 = stabstring;
   2837  1.1  christos 		    char *stabstring2;
   2838  1.1  christos 		    int len2;
   2839  1.1  christos 
   2840  1.1  christos 		    /* Ignore continuation char from 1st string.  */
   2841  1.1  christos 		    len--;
   2842  1.1  christos 
   2843  1.1  christos 		    /* Read next stabstring.  */
   2844  1.1  christos 		    cur_sdx++;
   2845  1.1  christos 		    (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   2846  1.1  christos 				    (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   2847  1.1  christos 				     + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   2848  1.1  christos 				     * external_sym_size),
   2849  1.1  christos 				    &sh2);
   2850  1.1  christos 		    stabstring2 = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh2.iss;
   2851  1.1  christos 		    len2 = strlen (stabstring2);
   2852  1.1  christos 
   2853  1.1  christos 		    /* Concatinate stabstring2 with stabstring1.  */
   2854  1.1  christos 		    if (stabstring
   2855  1.1  christos 		     && stabstring != debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss)
   2856  1.1  christos 		      stabstring = xrealloc (stabstring, len + len2 + 1);
   2857  1.1  christos 		    else
   2858  1.1  christos 		      {
   2859  1.1  christos 			stabstring = xmalloc (len + len2 + 1);
   2860  1.1  christos 			strcpy (stabstring, stabstring1);
   2861  1.1  christos 		      }
   2862  1.1  christos 		    strcpy (stabstring + len, stabstring2);
   2863  1.1  christos 		    len += len2;
   2864  1.1  christos 		  }
   2865  1.1  christos 
   2866  1.1  christos 		switch (type_code)
   2867  1.1  christos 		  {
   2868  1.1  christos 		    char *p;
   2869  1.1  christos 
   2870  1.1  christos 		    /* Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols.  */
   2871  1.1  christos 
   2872  1.1  christos 		  case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
   2873  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT:
   2874  1.1  christos 		    sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2875  1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2876  1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2877  1.1  christos 
   2878  1.1  christos 		  case N_DATA | N_EXT:
   2879  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBDATA | N_EXT:
   2880  1.1  christos 		    sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2881  1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   2882  1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2883  1.1  christos 
   2884  1.1  christos 		  case N_BSS:
   2885  1.1  christos 		  case N_BSS | N_EXT:
   2886  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBBSS | N_EXT:
   2887  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETV | N_EXT:		/* FIXME, is this in BSS?  */
   2888  1.1  christos 		    sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2889  1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   2890  1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2891  1.1  christos 
   2892  1.1  christos 		  case N_ABS | N_EXT:
   2893  1.1  christos 		  record_it:
   2894  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2895  1.1  christos 
   2896  1.1  christos 		  /* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols.  */
   2897  1.1  christos 
   2898  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBTEXT:
   2899  1.1  christos 
   2900  1.1  christos 		    /* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or
   2901  1.1  christos 		       N_TEXT, because we have no way of knowing
   2902  1.1  christos 		       whether the sys-supplied ld or GNU ld was used
   2903  1.1  christos 		       to make the executable.  Sequents throw in
   2904  1.1  christos 		       another wrinkle -- they renumbered N_FN.  */
   2905  1.1  christos 
   2906  1.1  christos 		  case N_FN:
   2907  1.1  christos 		  case N_FN_SEQ:
   2908  1.1  christos 		  case N_TEXT:
   2909  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2910  1.1  christos 
   2911  1.1  christos 		  case N_DATA:
   2912  1.1  christos 		    sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2913  1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   2914  1.1  christos 		    goto record_it;
   2915  1.1  christos 
   2916  1.1  christos 		  case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
   2917  1.1  christos 		    continue;		/* Just undefined, not COMMON.  */
   2918  1.1  christos 
   2919  1.1  christos 		  case N_UNDF:
   2920  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2921  1.1  christos 
   2922  1.1  christos 		    /* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore.  */
   2923  1.1  christos 
   2924  1.1  christos 		  case N_ABS:
   2925  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBDATA:
   2926  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBBSS:
   2927  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2928  1.1  christos 
   2929  1.1  christos 		    /* Keep going . . .  */
   2930  1.1  christos 
   2931  1.1  christos 		    /*
   2932  1.1  christos 		     * Special symbol types for GNU
   2933  1.1  christos 		     */
   2934  1.1  christos 		  case N_INDR:
   2935  1.1  christos 		  case N_INDR | N_EXT:
   2936  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETA:
   2937  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETA | N_EXT:
   2938  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETT:
   2939  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETT | N_EXT:
   2940  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETD:
   2941  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETD | N_EXT:
   2942  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETB:
   2943  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETB | N_EXT:
   2944  1.1  christos 		  case N_SETV:
   2945  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2946  1.1  christos 
   2947  1.1  christos 		    /*
   2948  1.1  christos 		     * Debugger symbols
   2949  1.1  christos 		     */
   2950  1.1  christos 
   2951  1.1  christos 		  case N_SO:
   2952  1.1  christos 		    {
   2953  1.1  christos 		      CORE_ADDR valu;
   2954  1.1  christos 		      static int prev_so_symnum = -10;
   2955  1.1  christos 		      static int first_so_symnum;
   2956  1.1  christos 		      const char *p;
   2957  1.1  christos 		      int prev_textlow_not_set;
   2958  1.1  christos 
   2959  1.1  christos 		      valu = sh.value + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   2960  1.1  christos 						  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   2961  1.1  christos 
   2962  1.1  christos 		      prev_textlow_not_set = textlow_not_set;
   2963  1.1  christos 
   2964  1.1  christos 		      /* A zero value is probably an indication for the
   2965  1.1  christos 			 SunPRO 3.0 compiler.  end_psymtab explicitly tests
   2966  1.1  christos 			 for zero, so don't relocate it.  */
   2967  1.1  christos 
   2968  1.1  christos 		      if (sh.value == 0
   2969  1.1  christos 			  && gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
   2970  1.1  christos 			{
   2971  1.1  christos 			  textlow_not_set = 1;
   2972  1.1  christos 			  valu = 0;
   2973  1.1  christos 			}
   2974  1.1  christos 		      else
   2975  1.1  christos 			textlow_not_set = 0;
   2976  1.1  christos 
   2977  1.1  christos 		      past_first_source_file = 1;
   2978  1.1  christos 
   2979  1.1  christos 		      if (prev_so_symnum != symnum - 1)
   2980  1.1  christos 			{		/* Here if prev stab wasn't N_SO.  */
   2981  1.1  christos 			  first_so_symnum = symnum;
   2982  1.1  christos 
   2983  1.1  christos 			  if (pst)
   2984  1.1  christos 			    {
   2985  1.1  christos 			      pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
   2986  1.1  christos 			      includes_used = 0;
   2987  1.1  christos 			      dependencies_used = 0;
   2988  1.1  christos 			    }
   2989  1.1  christos 			}
   2990  1.1  christos 
   2991  1.1  christos 		      prev_so_symnum = symnum;
   2992  1.1  christos 
   2993  1.1  christos 		      /* End the current partial symtab and start a
   2994  1.1  christos 			 new one.  */
   2995  1.1  christos 
   2996  1.1  christos 		      /* SET_NAMESTRING ();*/
   2997  1.1  christos 		      namestring = stabstring;
   2998  1.1  christos 
   2999  1.1  christos 		      /* Null name means end of .o file.  Don't start a new
   3000  1.1  christos 			 one.  */
   3001  1.1  christos 		      if (*namestring == '\000')
   3002  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3003  1.1  christos 
   3004  1.1  christos 		      /* Some compilers (including gcc) emit a pair of
   3005  1.1  christos 			 initial N_SOs.  The first one is a directory name;
   3006  1.1  christos 			 the second the file name.  If pst exists, is
   3007  1.1  christos 			 empty, and has a filename ending in '/', we assume
   3008  1.1  christos 			 the previous N_SO was a directory name.  */
   3009  1.1  christos 		      p = lbasename (namestring);
   3010  1.1  christos 		      if (p != namestring && *p == '\000')
   3011  1.1  christos 			continue;		/* Simply ignore directory
   3012  1.1  christos 						   name SOs.  */
   3013  1.1  christos 
   3014  1.1  christos 		      /* Some other compilers (C++ ones in particular) emit
   3015  1.1  christos 			 useless SOs for non-existant .c files.  We ignore
   3016  1.1  christos 			 all subsequent SOs that immediately follow the
   3017  1.1  christos 			 first.  */
   3018  1.1  christos 
   3019  1.1  christos 		      if (!pst)
   3020  1.1  christos 			pst = save_pst;
   3021  1.1  christos 		      continue;
   3022  1.1  christos 		    }
   3023  1.1  christos 
   3024  1.1  christos 		  case N_BINCL:
   3025  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3026  1.1  christos 
   3027  1.1  christos 		  case N_SOL:
   3028  1.1  christos 		    {
   3029  1.1  christos 		      enum language tmp_language;
   3030  1.1  christos 
   3031  1.1  christos 		      /* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab.  */
   3032  1.1  christos 
   3033  1.1  christos 		      /* SET_NAMESTRING (); */
   3034  1.1  christos 		      namestring = stabstring;
   3035  1.1  christos 
   3036  1.1  christos 		      tmp_language
   3037  1.1  christos 			= deduce_language_from_filename (namestring);
   3038  1.1  christos 
   3039  1.1  christos 		      /* Only change the psymtab's language if we've
   3040  1.1  christos 			 learned something useful (eg. tmp_language is not
   3041  1.1  christos 			 language_unknown).  In addition, to match what
   3042  1.1  christos 			 start_subfile does, never change from C++ to
   3043  1.1  christos 			 C.  */
   3044  1.1  christos 		      if (tmp_language != language_unknown
   3045  1.1  christos 			  && (tmp_language != language_c
   3046  1.1  christos 			      || psymtab_language != language_cplus))
   3047  1.1  christos 			psymtab_language = tmp_language;
   3048  1.1  christos 
   3049  1.1  christos 		      /* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come
   3050  1.1  christos 			 round many times, when code is coming alternately
   3051  1.1  christos 			 from the main file and from inline functions in
   3052  1.1  christos 			 other files.  So I check to see if this is a file
   3053  1.1  christos 			 we've seen before -- either the main source file,
   3054  1.1  christos 			 or a previously included file.
   3055  1.1  christos 
   3056  1.1  christos 			 This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on
   3057  1.1  christos 			 N_SOL, but things like "break c-exp.y:435" need to
   3058  1.1  christos 			 work (I suppose the psymtab_include_list could be
   3059  1.1  christos 			 hashed or put in a binary tree, if profiling shows
   3060  1.1  christos 			 this is a major hog).  */
   3061  1.1  christos 		      if (pst && filename_cmp (namestring, pst->filename) == 0)
   3062  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3063  1.1  christos 
   3064  1.1  christos 		      {
   3065  1.1  christos 			int i;
   3066  1.1  christos 
   3067  1.1  christos 			for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++)
   3068  1.1  christos 			  if (filename_cmp (namestring,
   3069  1.1  christos 					    psymtab_include_list[i]) == 0)
   3070  1.1  christos 			    {
   3071  1.1  christos 			      i = -1;
   3072  1.1  christos 			      break;
   3073  1.1  christos 			    }
   3074  1.1  christos 			if (i == -1)
   3075  1.1  christos 			  continue;
   3076  1.1  christos 		      }
   3077  1.1  christos 
   3078  1.1  christos 		      psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
   3079  1.1  christos 		      if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
   3080  1.1  christos 			{
   3081  1.1  christos 			  const char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
   3082  1.1  christos 
   3083  1.1  christos 			  psymtab_include_list = (const char **)
   3084  1.1  christos 			    alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
   3085  1.1  christos 				    sizeof (const char *));
   3086  1.1  christos 			  memcpy (psymtab_include_list, orig,
   3087  1.1  christos 				  includes_used * sizeof (const char *));
   3088  1.1  christos 			}
   3089  1.1  christos 		      continue;
   3090  1.1  christos 		    }
   3091  1.1  christos 		  case N_LSYM:	    /* Typedef or automatic variable.  */
   3092  1.1  christos 		  case N_STSYM:	    /* Data seg var -- static  */
   3093  1.1  christos 		  case N_LCSYM:	    /* BSS      "  */
   3094  1.1  christos 		  case N_ROSYM:	    /* Read-only data seg var -- static.  */
   3095  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBSTS:	    /* Gould nobase.  */
   3096  1.1  christos 		  case N_NBLCS:	    /* symbols.  */
   3097  1.1  christos 		  case N_FUN:
   3098  1.1  christos 		  case N_GSYM:	    /* Global (extern) variable; can be
   3099  1.1  christos 				       data or bss (sigh FIXME).  */
   3100  1.1  christos 
   3101  1.1  christos 		    /* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here
   3102  1.1  christos 		       for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions).  */
   3103  1.1  christos 
   3104  1.1  christos 		  case N_PC:	    /* I may or may not need this; I
   3105  1.1  christos 				       suspect not.  */
   3106  1.1  christos 		  case N_M2C:	    /* I suspect that I can ignore this
   3107  1.1  christos 				       here.  */
   3108  1.1  christos 		  case N_SCOPE:	    /* Same.  */
   3109  1.1  christos 
   3110  1.1  christos 		    /*    SET_NAMESTRING (); */
   3111  1.1  christos 		    namestring = stabstring;
   3112  1.1  christos 		    p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
   3113  1.1  christos 		    if (!p)
   3114  1.1  christos 		      continue;	    /* Not a debugging symbol.  */
   3115  1.1  christos 
   3116  1.1  christos 
   3117  1.1  christos 
   3118  1.1  christos 		    /* Main processing section for debugging symbols which
   3119  1.1  christos 		       the initial read through the symbol tables needs to
   3120  1.1  christos 		       worry about.  If we reach this point, the symbol
   3121  1.1  christos 		       which we are considering is definitely one we are
   3122  1.1  christos 		       interested in.  p must also contain the (valid)
   3123  1.1  christos 		       index into the namestring which indicates the
   3124  1.1  christos 		       debugging type symbol.  */
   3125  1.1  christos 
   3126  1.1  christos 		    switch (p[1])
   3127  1.1  christos 		      {
   3128  1.1  christos 		      case 'S':
   3129  1.1  christos 			sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3130  1.1  christos 					      SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   3131  1.1  christos 
   3132  1.1  christos 			if (gdbarch_static_transform_name_p (gdbarch))
   3133  1.1  christos 			  namestring = gdbarch_static_transform_name
   3134  1.1  christos 					 (gdbarch, namestring);
   3135  1.1  christos 
   3136  1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3137  1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
   3138  1.1  christos 					     &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3139  1.1  christos 					     0, sh.value,
   3140  1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3141  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3142  1.1  christos 		      case 'G':
   3143  1.1  christos 			sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3144  1.1  christos 					      SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   3145  1.1  christos 			/* The addresses in these entries are reported
   3146  1.1  christos 			   to be wrong.  See the code that reads 'G's
   3147  1.1  christos 			   for symtabs.  */
   3148  1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3149  1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_STATIC,
   3150  1.1  christos 					     &objfile->global_psymbols,
   3151  1.1  christos 					     0, sh.value,
   3152  1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3153  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3154  1.1  christos 
   3155  1.1  christos 		      case 'T':
   3156  1.1  christos 			/* When a 'T' entry is defining an anonymous enum, it
   3157  1.1  christos 			   may have a name which is the empty string, or a
   3158  1.1  christos 			   single space.  Since they're not really defining a
   3159  1.1  christos 			   symbol, those shouldn't go in the partial symbol
   3160  1.1  christos 			   table.  We do pick up the elements of such enums at
   3161  1.1  christos 			   'check_enum:', below.  */
   3162  1.1  christos 			if (p >= namestring + 2
   3163  1.1  christos 			    || (p == namestring + 1
   3164  1.1  christos 				&& namestring[0] != ' '))
   3165  1.1  christos 			  {
   3166  1.1  christos 			    add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3167  1.1  christos 						 STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3168  1.1  christos 						 &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3169  1.1  christos 						 sh.value, 0,
   3170  1.1  christos 						 psymtab_language, objfile);
   3171  1.1  christos 			    if (p[2] == 't')
   3172  1.1  christos 			      {
   3173  1.1  christos 				/* Also a typedef with the same name.  */
   3174  1.1  christos 				add_psymbol_to_list (namestring,
   3175  1.1  christos 						     p - namestring, 1,
   3176  1.1  christos 						     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3177  1.1  christos 						     &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3178  1.1  christos 						     sh.value, 0,
   3179  1.1  christos 						     psymtab_language,
   3180  1.1  christos 						     objfile);
   3181  1.1  christos 				p += 1;
   3182  1.1  christos 			      }
   3183  1.1  christos 			  }
   3184  1.1  christos 			goto check_enum;
   3185  1.1  christos 		      case 't':
   3186  1.1  christos 			if (p != namestring)	/* a name is there, not
   3187  1.1  christos 						   just :T...  */
   3188  1.1  christos 			  {
   3189  1.1  christos 			    add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3190  1.1  christos 						 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3191  1.1  christos 						 &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3192  1.1  christos 						 sh.value, 0,
   3193  1.1  christos 						 psymtab_language, objfile);
   3194  1.1  christos 			  }
   3195  1.1  christos 		      check_enum:
   3196  1.1  christos 			/* If this is an enumerated type, we need to add
   3197  1.1  christos 			   all the enum constants to the partial symbol
   3198  1.1  christos 			   table.  This does not cover enums without names,
   3199  1.1  christos 			   e.g. "enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately
   3200  1.1  christos 			   those are rare.  There is no way for GDB to find
   3201  1.1  christos 			   those from the enum type without spending too
   3202  1.1  christos 			   much time on it.  Thus to solve this problem,
   3203  1.1  christos 			   the compiler needs to put out the enum in a
   3204  1.1  christos 			   nameless type.  GCC2 does this.  */
   3205  1.1  christos 
   3206  1.1  christos 			/* We are looking for something of the form
   3207  1.1  christos 			   <name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e"
   3208  1.1  christos 			   {<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";".  */
   3209  1.1  christos 
   3210  1.1  christos 			/* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'.  */
   3211  1.1  christos 			p += 2;
   3212  1.1  christos 			/* This type may be given a number.  Also, numbers
   3213  1.1  christos 			   can come in pairs like (0,26).  Skip over it.  */
   3214  1.1  christos 			while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
   3215  1.1  christos 			       || *p == '(' || *p == ',' || *p == ')'
   3216  1.1  christos 			       || *p == '=')
   3217  1.1  christos 			  p++;
   3218  1.1  christos 
   3219  1.1  christos 			if (*p++ == 'e')
   3220  1.1  christos 			  {
   3221  1.1  christos 			    /* The aix4 compiler emits extra crud before
   3222  1.1  christos 			       the members.  */
   3223  1.1  christos 			    if (*p == '-')
   3224  1.1  christos 			      {
   3225  1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the type (?).  */
   3226  1.1  christos 				while (*p != ':')
   3227  1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3228  1.1  christos 
   3229  1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the colon.  */
   3230  1.1  christos 				p++;
   3231  1.1  christos 			      }
   3232  1.1  christos 
   3233  1.1  christos 			    /* We have found an enumerated type.  */
   3234  1.1  christos 			    /* According to comments in read_enum_type
   3235  1.1  christos 			       a comma could end it instead of a semicolon.
   3236  1.1  christos 			       I don't know where that happens.
   3237  1.1  christos 			       Accept either.  */
   3238  1.1  christos 			    while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',')
   3239  1.1  christos 			      {
   3240  1.1  christos 				char *q;
   3241  1.1  christos 
   3242  1.1  christos 				/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx
   3243  1.1  christos 				   symbol name continuation!  */
   3244  1.1  christos 				if (*p == '\\' || (*p == '?' && p[1] == '\0'))
   3245  1.1  christos 				  p = next_symbol_text (objfile);
   3246  1.1  christos 
   3247  1.1  christos 				/* Point to the character after the name
   3248  1.1  christos 				   of the enum constant.  */
   3249  1.1  christos 				for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++)
   3250  1.1  christos 				  ;
   3251  1.1  christos 				/* Note that the value doesn't matter for
   3252  1.1  christos 				   enum constants in psymtabs, just in
   3253  1.1  christos 				   symtabs.  */
   3254  1.1  christos 				add_psymbol_to_list (p, q - p, 1,
   3255  1.1  christos 						     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
   3256  1.1  christos 						     &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3257  1.1  christos 						     0, 0, psymtab_language,
   3258  1.1  christos 						     objfile);
   3259  1.1  christos 				/* Point past the name.  */
   3260  1.1  christos 				p = q;
   3261  1.1  christos 				/* Skip over the value.  */
   3262  1.1  christos 				while (*p && *p != ',')
   3263  1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3264  1.1  christos 				/* Advance past the comma.  */
   3265  1.1  christos 				if (*p)
   3266  1.1  christos 				  p++;
   3267  1.1  christos 			      }
   3268  1.1  christos 			  }
   3269  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3270  1.1  christos 		      case 'c':
   3271  1.1  christos 			/* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal.  */
   3272  1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3273  1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
   3274  1.1  christos 					     &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3275  1.1  christos 					     sh.value, 0, psymtab_language,
   3276  1.1  christos 					     objfile);
   3277  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3278  1.1  christos 
   3279  1.1  christos 		      case 'f':
   3280  1.1  christos 			if (! pst)
   3281  1.1  christos 			  {
   3282  1.1  christos 			    int name_len = p - namestring;
   3283  1.1  christos 			    char *name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
   3284  1.1  christos 
   3285  1.1  christos 			    memcpy (name, namestring, name_len);
   3286  1.1  christos 			    name[name_len] = '\0';
   3287  1.1  christos 			    function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name);
   3288  1.1  christos 			    xfree (name);
   3289  1.1  christos 			  }
   3290  1.1  christos 			sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3291  1.1  christos 					      SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3292  1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3293  1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3294  1.1  christos 					     &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3295  1.1  christos 					     0, sh.value,
   3296  1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3297  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3298  1.1  christos 
   3299  1.1  christos 			/* Global functions were ignored here, but now they
   3300  1.1  christos 			   are put into the global psymtab like one would
   3301  1.1  christos 			   expect.  They're also in the minimal symbol
   3302  1.1  christos 			   table.  */
   3303  1.1  christos 		      case 'F':
   3304  1.1  christos 			if (! pst)
   3305  1.1  christos 			  {
   3306  1.1  christos 			    int name_len = p - namestring;
   3307  1.1  christos 			    char *name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
   3308  1.1  christos 
   3309  1.1  christos 			    memcpy (name, namestring, name_len);
   3310  1.1  christos 			    name[name_len] = '\0';
   3311  1.1  christos 			    function_outside_compilation_unit_complaint (name);
   3312  1.1  christos 			    xfree (name);
   3313  1.1  christos 			  }
   3314  1.1  christos 			sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3315  1.1  christos 					      SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3316  1.1  christos 			add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, p - namestring, 1,
   3317  1.1  christos 					     VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3318  1.1  christos 					     &objfile->global_psymbols,
   3319  1.1  christos 					     0, sh.value,
   3320  1.1  christos 					     psymtab_language, objfile);
   3321  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3322  1.1  christos 
   3323  1.1  christos 			/* Two things show up here (hopefully); static
   3324  1.1  christos 			   symbols of local scope (static used inside
   3325  1.1  christos 			   braces) or extensions of structure symbols.  We
   3326  1.1  christos 			   can ignore both.  */
   3327  1.1  christos 		      case 'V':
   3328  1.1  christos 		      case '(':
   3329  1.1  christos 		      case '0':
   3330  1.1  christos 		      case '1':
   3331  1.1  christos 		      case '2':
   3332  1.1  christos 		      case '3':
   3333  1.1  christos 		      case '4':
   3334  1.1  christos 		      case '5':
   3335  1.1  christos 		      case '6':
   3336  1.1  christos 		      case '7':
   3337  1.1  christos 		      case '8':
   3338  1.1  christos 		      case '9':
   3339  1.1  christos 		      case '-':
   3340  1.1  christos 		      case '#':		/* For symbol identification (used
   3341  1.1  christos 					   in live ranges).  */
   3342  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3343  1.1  christos 
   3344  1.1  christos 		      case ':':
   3345  1.1  christos 			/* It is a C++ nested symbol.  We don't need to
   3346  1.1  christos 			   record it (I don't think); if we try to look up
   3347  1.1  christos 			   foo::bar::baz, then symbols for the symtab
   3348  1.1  christos 			   containing foo should get read in, I think.  */
   3349  1.1  christos 			/* Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like
   3350  1.1  christos 			   /foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib,
   3351  1.1  christos 			   which would get here with a symbol type of ':'.  */
   3352  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3353  1.1  christos 
   3354  1.1  christos 		      default:
   3355  1.1  christos 			/* Unexpected symbol descriptor.  The second and
   3356  1.1  christos 			   subsequent stabs of a continued stab can show up
   3357  1.1  christos 			   here.  The question is whether they ever can
   3358  1.1  christos 			   mimic a normal stab--it would be nice if not,
   3359  1.1  christos 			   since we certainly don't want to spend the time
   3360  1.1  christos 			   searching to the end of every string looking for
   3361  1.1  christos 			   a backslash.  */
   3362  1.1  christos 
   3363  1.1  christos 			complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   3364  1.1  christos 				   _("unknown symbol descriptor `%c'"), p[1]);
   3365  1.1  christos 
   3366  1.1  christos 			/* Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension that we don't
   3367  1.1  christos 			   know about.  */
   3368  1.1  christos 			continue;
   3369  1.1  christos 		      }
   3370  1.1  christos 
   3371  1.1  christos 		  case N_EXCL:
   3372  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3373  1.1  christos 
   3374  1.1  christos 		  case N_ENDM:
   3375  1.1  christos 		    /* Solaris 2 end of module, finish current partial
   3376  1.1  christos 		       symbol table.  END_PSYMTAB will set
   3377  1.1  christos 		       pst->texthigh to the proper value, which is
   3378  1.1  christos 		       necessary if a module compiled without
   3379  1.1  christos 		       debugging info follows this module.  */
   3380  1.1  christos 		    if (pst
   3381  1.1  christos 			&& gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (gdbarch))
   3382  1.1  christos 		      {
   3383  1.1  christos 			pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
   3384  1.1  christos 			includes_used = 0;
   3385  1.1  christos 			dependencies_used = 0;
   3386  1.1  christos 		      }
   3387  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3388  1.1  christos 
   3389  1.1  christos 		  case N_RBRAC:
   3390  1.1  christos 		    if (sh.value > save_pst->texthigh)
   3391  1.1  christos 		      save_pst->texthigh = sh.value;
   3392  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3393  1.1  christos 		  case N_EINCL:
   3394  1.1  christos 		  case N_DSLINE:
   3395  1.1  christos 		  case N_BSLINE:
   3396  1.1  christos 		  case N_SSYM:		/* Claim: Structure or union
   3397  1.1  christos 					   element.  Hopefully, I can
   3398  1.1  christos 					   ignore this.  */
   3399  1.1  christos 		  case N_ENTRY:		/* Alternate entry point; can
   3400  1.1  christos 					   ignore.  */
   3401  1.1  christos 		  case N_MAIN:		/* Can definitely ignore this.   */
   3402  1.1  christos 		  case N_CATCH:		/* These are GNU C++ extensions.  */
   3403  1.1  christos 		  case N_EHDECL:	/* that can safely be ignored here.  */
   3404  1.1  christos 		  case N_LENG:
   3405  1.1  christos 		  case N_BCOMM:
   3406  1.1  christos 		  case N_ECOMM:
   3407  1.1  christos 		  case N_ECOML:
   3408  1.1  christos 		  case N_FNAME:
   3409  1.1  christos 		  case N_SLINE:
   3410  1.1  christos 		  case N_RSYM:
   3411  1.1  christos 		  case N_PSYM:
   3412  1.1  christos 		  case N_LBRAC:
   3413  1.1  christos 		  case N_NSYMS:		/* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */
   3414  1.1  christos 		  case N_DEFD:			/* GNU Modula-2 */
   3415  1.1  christos 		  case N_ALIAS:		/* SunPro F77: alias name, ignore
   3416  1.1  christos 					   for now.  */
   3417  1.1  christos 
   3418  1.1  christos 		  case N_OBJ:		/* Useless types from Solaris.  */
   3419  1.1  christos 		  case N_OPT:
   3420  1.1  christos 		    /* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about
   3421  1.1  christos 		       them.  */
   3422  1.1  christos 
   3423  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3424  1.1  christos 
   3425  1.1  christos 		  default:
   3426  1.1  christos 		    /* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it.  It's
   3427  1.1  christos 		       probably some new type we don't know about yet.  */
   3428  1.1  christos 		    complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   3429  1.1  christos 			       _("unknown symbol type %s"),
   3430  1.1  christos 			       hex_string (type_code)); /* CUR_SYMBOL_TYPE */
   3431  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3432  1.1  christos 		  }
   3433  1.1  christos 		if (stabstring
   3434  1.1  christos 		    && stabstring != debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss)
   3435  1.1  christos 		  xfree (stabstring);
   3436  1.1  christos 	      }
   3437  1.1  christos 	      /* end - Handle continuation */
   3438  1.1  christos 	    }
   3439  1.1  christos 	}
   3440  1.1  christos       else
   3441  1.1  christos 	{
   3442  1.1  christos 	  for (cur_sdx = 0; cur_sdx < fh->csym;)
   3443  1.1  christos 	    {
   3444  1.1  christos 	      char *name;
   3445  1.1  christos 	      enum address_class class;
   3446  1.1  christos 
   3447  1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3448  1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3449  1.1  christos 			       + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   3450  1.1  christos 				  * external_sym_size)),
   3451  1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   3452  1.1  christos 
   3453  1.1  christos 	      if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh))
   3454  1.1  christos 		{
   3455  1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3456  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3457  1.1  christos 		}
   3458  1.1  christos 
   3459  1.1  christos 	      /* Non absolute static symbols go into the minimal table.  */
   3460  1.1  christos 	      if (SC_IS_UNDEF (sh.sc) || sh.sc == scNil
   3461  1.1  christos 		  || (sh.index == indexNil
   3462  1.1  christos 		      && (sh.st != stStatic || sh.sc == scAbs)))
   3463  1.1  christos 		{
   3464  1.1  christos 		  /* FIXME, premature?  */
   3465  1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3466  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3467  1.1  christos 		}
   3468  1.1  christos 
   3469  1.1  christos 	      name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   3470  1.1  christos 
   3471  1.1  christos 	      switch (sh.sc)
   3472  1.1  christos 		{
   3473  1.1  christos 		case scText:
   3474  1.1  christos 		case scRConst:
   3475  1.1  christos 		  /* The value of a stEnd symbol is the displacement from the
   3476  1.1  christos 		     corresponding start symbol value, do not relocate it.  */
   3477  1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st != stEnd)
   3478  1.1  christos 		    sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3479  1.1  christos 					  SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3480  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3481  1.1  christos 		case scData:
   3482  1.1  christos 		case scSData:
   3483  1.1  christos 		case scRData:
   3484  1.1  christos 		case scPData:
   3485  1.1  christos 		case scXData:
   3486  1.1  christos 		  sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3487  1.1  christos 					SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   3488  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3489  1.1  christos 		case scBss:
   3490  1.1  christos 		case scSBss:
   3491  1.1  christos 		  sh.value += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3492  1.1  christos 					SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   3493  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3494  1.1  christos 		}
   3495  1.1  christos 
   3496  1.1  christos 	      switch (sh.st)
   3497  1.1  christos 		{
   3498  1.1  christos 		  CORE_ADDR high;
   3499  1.1  christos 		  CORE_ADDR procaddr;
   3500  1.1  christos 		  int new_sdx;
   3501  1.1  christos 
   3502  1.1  christos 		case stStaticProc:
   3503  1.1  christos 		  prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
   3504  1.1  christos 						       mst_file_text,
   3505  1.1  christos 						       SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile),
   3506  1.1  christos 						       objfile);
   3507  1.1  christos 
   3508  1.1  christos 		  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   3509  1.1  christos 
   3510  1.1  christos 		case stProc:
   3511  1.1  christos 		  /* Ignore all parameter symbol records.  */
   3512  1.1  christos 		  if (sh.index >= hdr->iauxMax)
   3513  1.1  christos 		    {
   3514  1.1  christos 		      /* Should not happen, but does when cross-compiling
   3515  1.1  christos 		         with the MIPS compiler.  FIXME -- pull later.  */
   3516  1.1  christos 		      index_complaint (name);
   3517  1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip at all.  */
   3518  1.1  christos 		    }
   3519  1.1  christos 		  else
   3520  1.1  christos 		    new_sdx = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian,
   3521  1.1  christos 					    (debug_info->external_aux
   3522  1.1  christos 					     + fh->iauxBase
   3523  1.1  christos 					     + sh.index));
   3524  1.1  christos 
   3525  1.1  christos 		  if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
   3526  1.1  christos 		    {
   3527  1.1  christos 		      /* This should not happen either... FIXME.  */
   3528  1.1  christos 		      complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   3529  1.1  christos 				 _("bad proc end in aux found from symbol %s"),
   3530  1.1  christos 				 name);
   3531  1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip backward.  */
   3532  1.1  christos 		    }
   3533  1.1  christos 
   3534  1.1  christos                   /* For stProc symbol records, we need to check the
   3535  1.1  christos                      storage class as well, as only (stProc, scText)
   3536  1.1  christos                      entries represent "real" procedures - See the
   3537  1.1  christos                      Compaq document titled "Object File / Symbol Table
   3538  1.1  christos                      Format Specification" for more information.  If the
   3539  1.1  christos                      storage class is not scText, we discard the whole
   3540  1.1  christos                      block of symbol records for this stProc.  */
   3541  1.1  christos                   if (sh.st == stProc && sh.sc != scText)
   3542  1.1  christos                     goto skip;
   3543  1.1  christos 
   3544  1.1  christos 		  /* Usually there is a local and a global stProc symbol
   3545  1.1  christos 		     for a function.  This means that the function name
   3546  1.1  christos 		     has already been entered into the mimimal symbol table
   3547  1.1  christos 		     while processing the global symbols in pass 2 above.
   3548  1.1  christos 		     One notable exception is the PROGRAM name from
   3549  1.1  christos 		     f77 compiled executables, it is only put out as
   3550  1.1  christos 		     local stProc symbol, and a global MAIN__ stProc symbol
   3551  1.1  christos 		     points to it.  It doesn't matter though, as gdb is
   3552  1.1  christos 		     still able to find the PROGRAM name via the partial
   3553  1.1  christos 		     symbol table, and the MAIN__ symbol via the minimal
   3554  1.1  christos 		     symbol table.  */
   3555  1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st == stProc)
   3556  1.1  christos 		    add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3557  1.1  christos 					 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3558  1.1  christos 					 &objfile->global_psymbols,
   3559  1.1  christos 				    0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3560  1.1  christos 		  else
   3561  1.1  christos 		    add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3562  1.1  christos 					 VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_BLOCK,
   3563  1.1  christos 					 &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3564  1.1  christos 				    0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3565  1.1  christos 
   3566  1.1  christos 		  procaddr = sh.value;
   3567  1.1  christos 
   3568  1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx = new_sdx;
   3569  1.1  christos 		  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3570  1.1  christos 				  ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3571  1.1  christos 				   + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx - 1)
   3572  1.1  christos 				      * external_sym_size)),
   3573  1.1  christos 				  &sh);
   3574  1.1  christos 		  if (sh.st != stEnd)
   3575  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3576  1.1  christos 
   3577  1.1  christos 		  /* Kludge for Irix 5.2 zero fh->adr.  */
   3578  1.1  christos 		  if (!relocatable
   3579  1.1  christos 		      && (pst->textlow == 0 || procaddr < pst->textlow))
   3580  1.1  christos 		    pst->textlow = procaddr;
   3581  1.1  christos 
   3582  1.1  christos 		  high = procaddr + sh.value;
   3583  1.1  christos 		  if (high > pst->texthigh)
   3584  1.1  christos 		    pst->texthigh = high;
   3585  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3586  1.1  christos 
   3587  1.1  christos 		case stStatic:	/* Variable */
   3588  1.1  christos 		  if (SC_IS_DATA (sh.sc))
   3589  1.1  christos 		    prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
   3590  1.1  christos 							 mst_file_data,
   3591  1.1  christos 							 SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile),
   3592  1.1  christos 							 objfile);
   3593  1.1  christos 		  else
   3594  1.1  christos 		    prim_record_minimal_symbol_and_info (name, sh.value,
   3595  1.1  christos 							 mst_file_bss,
   3596  1.1  christos 							 SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile),
   3597  1.1  christos 							 objfile);
   3598  1.1  christos 		  class = LOC_STATIC;
   3599  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3600  1.1  christos 
   3601  1.1  christos 		case stIndirect:	/* Irix5 forward declaration */
   3602  1.1  christos 		  /* Skip forward declarations from Irix5 cc.  */
   3603  1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3604  1.1  christos 
   3605  1.1  christos 		case stTypedef:	/* Typedef */
   3606  1.1  christos 		  /* Skip typedefs for forward declarations and opaque
   3607  1.1  christos 		     structs from alpha and mips cc.  */
   3608  1.1  christos 		  if (sh.iss == 0 || has_opaque_xref (fh, &sh))
   3609  1.1  christos 		    goto skip;
   3610  1.1  christos 		  class = LOC_TYPEDEF;
   3611  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3612  1.1  christos 
   3613  1.1  christos 		case stConstant:	/* Constant decl */
   3614  1.1  christos 		  class = LOC_CONST;
   3615  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3616  1.1  christos 
   3617  1.1  christos 		case stUnion:
   3618  1.1  christos 		case stStruct:
   3619  1.1  christos 		case stEnum:
   3620  1.1  christos 		case stBlock:	/* { }, str, un, enum */
   3621  1.1  christos 		  /* Do not create a partial symbol for cc unnamed aggregates
   3622  1.1  christos 		     and gcc empty aggregates.  */
   3623  1.1  christos 		  if ((sh.sc == scInfo
   3624  1.1  christos 		       || SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc))
   3625  1.1  christos 		      && sh.iss != 0
   3626  1.1  christos 		      && sh.index != cur_sdx + 2)
   3627  1.1  christos 		    {
   3628  1.1  christos 		      add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3629  1.1  christos 					   STRUCT_DOMAIN, LOC_TYPEDEF,
   3630  1.1  christos 					   &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3631  1.1  christos 					   0, (CORE_ADDR) 0,
   3632  1.1  christos 					   psymtab_language, objfile);
   3633  1.1  christos 		    }
   3634  1.1  christos 		  handle_psymbol_enumerators (objfile, fh, sh.st, sh.value);
   3635  1.1  christos 
   3636  1.1  christos 		  /* Skip over the block.  */
   3637  1.1  christos 		  new_sdx = sh.index;
   3638  1.1  christos 		  if (new_sdx <= cur_sdx)
   3639  1.1  christos 		    {
   3640  1.1  christos 		      /* This happens with the Ultrix kernel.  */
   3641  1.1  christos 		      complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   3642  1.1  christos 				 _("bad aux index at block symbol %s"), name);
   3643  1.1  christos 		      new_sdx = cur_sdx + 1;	/* Don't skip backward.  */
   3644  1.1  christos 		    }
   3645  1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx = new_sdx;
   3646  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3647  1.1  christos 
   3648  1.1  christos 		case stFile:	/* File headers */
   3649  1.1  christos 		case stLabel:	/* Labels */
   3650  1.1  christos 		case stEnd:	/* Ends of files */
   3651  1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3652  1.1  christos 
   3653  1.1  christos 		case stLocal:	/* Local variables */
   3654  1.1  christos 		  /* Normally these are skipped because we skip over
   3655  1.1  christos 		     all blocks we see.  However, these can occur
   3656  1.1  christos 		     as visible symbols in a .h file that contains code.  */
   3657  1.1  christos 		  goto skip;
   3658  1.1  christos 
   3659  1.1  christos 		default:
   3660  1.1  christos 		  /* Both complaints are valid:  one gives symbol name,
   3661  1.1  christos 		     the other the offending symbol type.  */
   3662  1.1  christos 		  complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("unknown local symbol %s"),
   3663  1.1  christos 			     name);
   3664  1.1  christos 		  complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("with type %d"), sh.st);
   3665  1.1  christos 		  cur_sdx++;
   3666  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3667  1.1  christos 		}
   3668  1.1  christos 	      /* Use this gdb symbol.  */
   3669  1.1  christos 	      add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3670  1.1  christos 				   VAR_DOMAIN, class,
   3671  1.1  christos 				   &objfile->static_psymbols,
   3672  1.1  christos 				   0, sh.value, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3673  1.1  christos 	    skip:
   3674  1.1  christos 	      cur_sdx++;	/* Go to next file symbol.  */
   3675  1.1  christos 	    }
   3676  1.1  christos 
   3677  1.1  christos 	  /* Now do enter the external symbols.  */
   3678  1.1  christos 	  ext_ptr = &extern_tab[fdr_to_pst[f_idx].globals_offset];
   3679  1.1  christos 	  cur_sdx = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].n_globals;
   3680  1.1  christos 	  PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_count = cur_sdx;
   3681  1.1  christos 	  PST_PRIVATE (save_pst)->extern_tab = ext_ptr;
   3682  1.1  christos 	  for (; --cur_sdx >= 0; ext_ptr++)
   3683  1.1  christos 	    {
   3684  1.1  christos 	      enum address_class class;
   3685  1.1  christos 	      SYMR *psh;
   3686  1.1  christos 	      char *name;
   3687  1.1  christos 	      CORE_ADDR svalue;
   3688  1.1  christos 
   3689  1.1  christos 	      if (ext_ptr->ifd != f_idx)
   3690  1.1  christos 		internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
   3691  1.1  christos 				_("failed internal consistency check"));
   3692  1.1  christos 	      psh = &ext_ptr->asym;
   3693  1.1  christos 
   3694  1.1  christos 	      /* Do not add undefined symbols to the partial symbol table.  */
   3695  1.1  christos 	      if (SC_IS_UNDEF (psh->sc) || psh->sc == scNil)
   3696  1.1  christos 		continue;
   3697  1.1  christos 
   3698  1.1  christos 	      svalue = psh->value;
   3699  1.1  christos 	      switch (psh->sc)
   3700  1.1  christos 		{
   3701  1.1  christos 		case scText:
   3702  1.1  christos 		case scRConst:
   3703  1.1  christos 		  svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3704  1.1  christos 				      SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   3705  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3706  1.1  christos 		case scData:
   3707  1.1  christos 		case scSData:
   3708  1.1  christos 		case scRData:
   3709  1.1  christos 		case scPData:
   3710  1.1  christos 		case scXData:
   3711  1.1  christos 		  svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3712  1.1  christos 				      SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
   3713  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3714  1.1  christos 		case scBss:
   3715  1.1  christos 		case scSBss:
   3716  1.1  christos 		  svalue += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
   3717  1.1  christos 				      SECT_OFF_BSS (objfile));
   3718  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3719  1.1  christos 		}
   3720  1.1  christos 
   3721  1.1  christos 	      switch (psh->st)
   3722  1.1  christos 		{
   3723  1.1  christos 		case stNil:
   3724  1.1  christos 		  /* These are generated for static symbols in .o files,
   3725  1.1  christos 		     ignore them.  */
   3726  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3727  1.1  christos 		case stProc:
   3728  1.1  christos 		case stStaticProc:
   3729  1.1  christos 		  /* External procedure symbols have been entered
   3730  1.1  christos 		     into the minimal symbol table in pass 2 above.
   3731  1.1  christos 		     Ignore them, as parse_external will ignore them too.  */
   3732  1.1  christos 		  continue;
   3733  1.1  christos 		case stLabel:
   3734  1.1  christos 		  class = LOC_LABEL;
   3735  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3736  1.1  christos 		default:
   3737  1.1  christos 		  unknown_ext_complaint (debug_info->ssext + psh->iss);
   3738  1.1  christos 		  /* Fall through, pretend it's global.  */
   3739  1.1  christos 		case stGlobal:
   3740  1.1  christos 		  /* Global common symbols are resolved by the runtime loader,
   3741  1.1  christos 		     ignore them.  */
   3742  1.1  christos 		  if (SC_IS_COMMON (psh->sc))
   3743  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3744  1.1  christos 
   3745  1.1  christos 		  class = LOC_STATIC;
   3746  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3747  1.1  christos 		}
   3748  1.1  christos 	      name = debug_info->ssext + psh->iss;
   3749  1.1  christos 	      add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3750  1.1  christos 				   VAR_DOMAIN, class,
   3751  1.1  christos 				   &objfile->global_psymbols,
   3752  1.1  christos 				   0, svalue,
   3753  1.1  christos 				   psymtab_language, objfile);
   3754  1.1  christos 	    }
   3755  1.1  christos 	}
   3756  1.1  christos 
   3757  1.1  christos       /* Link pst to FDR.  end_psymtab returns NULL if the psymtab was
   3758  1.1  christos          empty and put on the free list.  */
   3759  1.1  christos       fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst = end_psymtab (objfile, save_pst,
   3760  1.1  christos 					psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
   3761  1.1  christos 					   -1, save_pst->texthigh,
   3762  1.1  christos 		       dependency_list, dependencies_used, textlow_not_set);
   3763  1.1  christos       includes_used = 0;
   3764  1.1  christos       dependencies_used = 0;
   3765  1.1  christos 
   3766  1.1  christos       /* The objfile has its functions reordered if this partial symbol
   3767  1.1  christos          table overlaps any other partial symbol table.
   3768  1.1  christos          We cannot assume a reordered objfile if a partial symbol table
   3769  1.1  christos          is contained within another partial symbol table, as partial symbol
   3770  1.1  christos          tables for include files with executable code are contained
   3771  1.1  christos          within the partial symbol table for the including source file,
   3772  1.1  christos          and we do not want to flag the objfile reordered for these cases.
   3773  1.1  christos 
   3774  1.1  christos          This strategy works well for Irix-5.2 shared libraries, but we
   3775  1.1  christos          might have to use a more elaborate (and slower) algorithm for
   3776  1.1  christos          other cases.  */
   3777  1.1  christos       save_pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
   3778  1.1  christos       if (save_pst != NULL
   3779  1.1  christos 	  && save_pst->textlow != 0
   3780  1.1  christos 	  && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED))
   3781  1.1  christos 	{
   3782  1.1  christos 	  ALL_OBJFILE_PSYMTABS (objfile, pst)
   3783  1.1  christos 	  {
   3784  1.1  christos 	    if (save_pst != pst
   3785  1.1  christos 		&& save_pst->textlow >= pst->textlow
   3786  1.1  christos 		&& save_pst->textlow < pst->texthigh
   3787  1.1  christos 		&& save_pst->texthigh > pst->texthigh)
   3788  1.1  christos 	      {
   3789  1.1  christos 		objfile->flags |= OBJF_REORDERED;
   3790  1.1  christos 		break;
   3791  1.1  christos 	      }
   3792  1.1  christos 	  }
   3793  1.1  christos 	}
   3794  1.1  christos     }
   3795  1.1  christos 
   3796  1.1  christos   /* Now scan the FDRs for dependencies.  */
   3797  1.1  christos   for (f_idx = 0; f_idx < hdr->ifdMax; f_idx++)
   3798  1.1  christos     {
   3799  1.1  christos       fh = f_idx + debug_info->fdr;
   3800  1.1  christos       pst = fdr_to_pst[f_idx].pst;
   3801  1.1  christos 
   3802  1.1  christos       if (pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
   3803  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3804  1.1  christos 
   3805  1.1  christos       /* This should catch stabs-in-ecoff.  */
   3806  1.1  christos       if (fh->crfd <= 1)
   3807  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3808  1.1  christos 
   3809  1.1  christos       /* Skip the first file indirect entry as it is a self dependency for
   3810  1.1  christos          source files or a reverse .h -> .c dependency for header files.  */
   3811  1.1  christos       pst->number_of_dependencies = 0;
   3812  1.1  christos       pst->dependencies =
   3813  1.1  christos 	((struct partial_symtab **)
   3814  1.1  christos 	 obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   3815  1.1  christos 			((fh->crfd - 1)
   3816  1.1  christos 			 * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *))));
   3817  1.1  christos       for (s_idx = 1; s_idx < fh->crfd; s_idx++)
   3818  1.1  christos 	{
   3819  1.1  christos 	  RFDT rh;
   3820  1.1  christos 
   3821  1.1  christos 	  (*swap_rfd_in) (cur_bfd,
   3822  1.1  christos 			  ((char *) debug_info->external_rfd
   3823  1.1  christos 			   + (fh->rfdBase + s_idx) * external_rfd_size),
   3824  1.1  christos 			  &rh);
   3825  1.1  christos 	  if (rh < 0 || rh >= hdr->ifdMax)
   3826  1.1  christos 	    {
   3827  1.1  christos 	      complaint (&symfile_complaints, _("bad file number %ld"), rh);
   3828  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   3829  1.1  christos 	    }
   3830  1.1  christos 
   3831  1.1  christos 	  /* Skip self dependencies of header files.  */
   3832  1.1  christos 	  if (rh == f_idx)
   3833  1.1  christos 	    continue;
   3834  1.1  christos 
   3835  1.1  christos 	  /* Do not add to dependeny list if psymtab was empty.  */
   3836  1.1  christos 	  if (fdr_to_pst[rh].pst == (struct partial_symtab *) NULL)
   3837  1.1  christos 	    continue;
   3838  1.1  christos 	  pst->dependencies[pst->number_of_dependencies++]
   3839  1.1  christos 	    = fdr_to_pst[rh].pst;
   3840  1.1  christos 	}
   3841  1.1  christos     }
   3842  1.1  christos 
   3843  1.1  christos   /* Remove the dummy psymtab created for -O3 images above, if it is
   3844  1.1  christos      still empty, to enable the detection of stripped executables.  */
   3845  1.1  christos   if (objfile->psymtabs->next == NULL
   3846  1.1  christos       && objfile->psymtabs->number_of_dependencies == 0
   3847  1.1  christos       && objfile->psymtabs->n_global_syms == 0
   3848  1.1  christos       && objfile->psymtabs->n_static_syms == 0)
   3849  1.1  christos     objfile->psymtabs = NULL;
   3850  1.1  christos   do_cleanups (old_chain);
   3851  1.1  christos }
   3852  1.1  christos 
   3853  1.1  christos /* If the current psymbol has an enumerated type, we need to add
   3854  1.1  christos    all the enum constants to the partial symbol table.  */
   3855  1.1  christos 
   3856  1.1  christos static void
   3857  1.1  christos handle_psymbol_enumerators (struct objfile *objfile, FDR *fh, int stype,
   3858  1.1  christos 			    CORE_ADDR svalue)
   3859  1.1  christos {
   3860  1.1  christos   const bfd_size_type external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   3861  1.1  christos   void (*const swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *) = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   3862  1.1  christos   char *ext_sym = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3863  1.1  christos 		   + ((fh->isymBase + cur_sdx + 1) * external_sym_size));
   3864  1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   3865  1.1  christos   TIR tir;
   3866  1.1  christos 
   3867  1.1  christos   switch (stype)
   3868  1.1  christos     {
   3869  1.1  christos     case stEnum:
   3870  1.1  christos       break;
   3871  1.1  christos 
   3872  1.1  christos     case stBlock:
   3873  1.1  christos       /* It is an enumerated type if the next symbol entry is a stMember
   3874  1.1  christos          and its auxiliary index is indexNil or its auxiliary entry
   3875  1.1  christos          is a plain btNil or btVoid.
   3876  1.1  christos          Alpha cc -migrate enums are recognized by a zero index and
   3877  1.1  christos          a zero symbol value.
   3878  1.1  christos          DU 4.0 cc enums are recognized by a member type of btEnum without
   3879  1.1  christos          qualifiers and a zero symbol value.  */
   3880  1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
   3881  1.1  christos       if (sh.st != stMember)
   3882  1.1  christos 	return;
   3883  1.1  christos 
   3884  1.1  christos       if (sh.index == indexNil
   3885  1.1  christos 	  || (sh.index == 0 && svalue == 0))
   3886  1.1  christos 	break;
   3887  1.1  christos       (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian,
   3888  1.1  christos 				  &(debug_info->external_aux
   3889  1.1  christos 				    + fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
   3890  1.1  christos 				  &tir);
   3891  1.1  christos       if ((tir.bt != btNil
   3892  1.1  christos 	   && tir.bt != btVoid
   3893  1.1  christos 	   && (tir.bt != btEnum || svalue != 0))
   3894  1.1  christos 	  || tir.tq0 != tqNil)
   3895  1.1  christos 	return;
   3896  1.1  christos       break;
   3897  1.1  christos 
   3898  1.1  christos     default:
   3899  1.1  christos       return;
   3900  1.1  christos     }
   3901  1.1  christos 
   3902  1.1  christos   for (;;)
   3903  1.1  christos     {
   3904  1.1  christos       char *name;
   3905  1.1  christos 
   3906  1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, ext_sym, &sh);
   3907  1.1  christos       if (sh.st != stMember)
   3908  1.1  christos 	break;
   3909  1.1  christos       name = debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   3910  1.1  christos 
   3911  1.1  christos       /* Note that the value doesn't matter for enum constants
   3912  1.1  christos          in psymtabs, just in symtabs.  */
   3913  1.1  christos       add_psymbol_to_list (name, strlen (name), 1,
   3914  1.1  christos 			   VAR_DOMAIN, LOC_CONST,
   3915  1.1  christos 			   &objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
   3916  1.1  christos 			   (CORE_ADDR) 0, psymtab_language, objfile);
   3917  1.1  christos       ext_sym += external_sym_size;
   3918  1.1  christos     }
   3919  1.1  christos }
   3920  1.1  christos 
   3921  1.1  christos /* Get the next symbol.  OBJFILE is unused.  */
   3922  1.1  christos 
   3923  1.1  christos static char *
   3924  1.1  christos mdebug_next_symbol_text (struct objfile *objfile)
   3925  1.1  christos {
   3926  1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   3927  1.1  christos 
   3928  1.1  christos   cur_sdx++;
   3929  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   3930  1.1  christos 			      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   3931  1.1  christos 			       + ((cur_fdr->isymBase + cur_sdx)
   3932  1.1  christos 				  * debug_swap->external_sym_size)),
   3933  1.1  christos 			      &sh);
   3934  1.1  christos   return debug_info->ss + cur_fdr->issBase + sh.iss;
   3935  1.1  christos }
   3936  1.1  christos 
   3937  1.1  christos /* Ancillary function to psymtab_to_symtab().  Does all the work
   3938  1.1  christos    for turning the partial symtab PST into a symtab, recurring
   3939  1.1  christos    first on all dependent psymtabs.  The argument FILENAME is
   3940  1.1  christos    only passed so we can see in debug stack traces what file
   3941  1.1  christos    is being read.
   3942  1.1  christos 
   3943  1.1  christos    This function has a split personality, based on whether the
   3944  1.1  christos    symbol table contains ordinary ecoff symbols, or stabs-in-ecoff.
   3945  1.1  christos    The flow of control and even the memory allocation differs.  FIXME.  */
   3946  1.1  christos 
   3947  1.1  christos static void
   3948  1.1  christos psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct objfile *objfile,
   3949  1.1  christos 		     struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *filename)
   3950  1.1  christos {
   3951  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type external_sym_size;
   3952  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type external_pdr_size;
   3953  1.1  christos   void (*swap_sym_in) (bfd *, void *, SYMR *);
   3954  1.1  christos   void (*swap_pdr_in) (bfd *, void *, PDR *);
   3955  1.1  christos   int i;
   3956  1.1  christos   struct symtab *st = NULL;
   3957  1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   3958  1.1  christos   struct linetable *lines;
   3959  1.1  christos   CORE_ADDR lowest_pdr_addr = 0;
   3960  1.1  christos   int last_symtab_ended = 0;
   3961  1.1  christos 
   3962  1.1  christos   if (pst->readin)
   3963  1.1  christos     return;
   3964  1.1  christos   pst->readin = 1;
   3965  1.1  christos 
   3966  1.1  christos   /* Read in all partial symbtabs on which this one is dependent.
   3967  1.1  christos      NOTE that we do have circular dependencies, sigh.  We solved
   3968  1.1  christos      that by setting pst->readin before this point.  */
   3969  1.1  christos 
   3970  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
   3971  1.1  christos     if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
   3972  1.1  christos       {
   3973  1.1  christos 	/* Inform about additional files to be read in.  */
   3974  1.1  christos 	if (info_verbose)
   3975  1.1  christos 	  {
   3976  1.1  christos 	    fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
   3977  1.1  christos 	    wrap_here ("");
   3978  1.1  christos 	    fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
   3979  1.1  christos 	    wrap_here ("");
   3980  1.1  christos 	    printf_filtered ("%s...",
   3981  1.1  christos 			     pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
   3982  1.1  christos 	    wrap_here ("");	/* Flush output */
   3983  1.1  christos 	    gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
   3984  1.1  christos 	  }
   3985  1.1  christos 	/* We only pass the filename for debug purposes.  */
   3986  1.1  christos 	psymtab_to_symtab_1 (objfile, pst->dependencies[i],
   3987  1.1  christos 			     pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
   3988  1.1  christos       }
   3989  1.1  christos 
   3990  1.1  christos   /* Do nothing if this is a dummy psymtab.  */
   3991  1.1  christos 
   3992  1.1  christos   if (pst->n_global_syms == 0 && pst->n_static_syms == 0
   3993  1.1  christos       && pst->textlow == 0 && pst->texthigh == 0)
   3994  1.1  christos     return;
   3995  1.1  christos 
   3996  1.1  christos   /* Now read the symbols for this symtab.  */
   3997  1.1  christos 
   3998  1.1  christos   cur_bfd = CUR_BFD (pst);
   3999  1.1  christos   debug_swap = DEBUG_SWAP (pst);
   4000  1.1  christos   debug_info = DEBUG_INFO (pst);
   4001  1.1  christos   pending_list = PENDING_LIST (pst);
   4002  1.1  christos   external_sym_size = debug_swap->external_sym_size;
   4003  1.1  christos   external_pdr_size = debug_swap->external_pdr_size;
   4004  1.1  christos   swap_sym_in = debug_swap->swap_sym_in;
   4005  1.1  christos   swap_pdr_in = debug_swap->swap_pdr_in;
   4006  1.1  christos   mdebugread_objfile = objfile;
   4007  1.1  christos   cur_fd = FDR_IDX (pst);
   4008  1.1  christos   fh = ((cur_fd == -1)
   4009  1.1  christos 	? (FDR *) NULL
   4010  1.1  christos 	: debug_info->fdr + cur_fd);
   4011  1.1  christos   cur_fdr = fh;
   4012  1.1  christos 
   4013  1.1  christos   /* See comment in parse_partial_symbols about the @stabs sentinel.  */
   4014  1.1  christos   processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
   4015  1.1  christos   if (fh != (FDR *) NULL && fh->csym >= 2)
   4016  1.1  christos     {
   4017  1.1  christos       SYMR sh;
   4018  1.1  christos 
   4019  1.1  christos       (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   4020  1.1  christos 		      ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4021  1.1  christos 		       + (fh->isymBase + 1) * external_sym_size),
   4022  1.1  christos 		      &sh);
   4023  1.1  christos       if (strcmp (debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss,
   4024  1.1  christos 		  stabs_symbol) == 0)
   4025  1.1  christos 	{
   4026  1.1  christos 	  /* We indicate that this is a GCC compilation so that certain
   4027  1.1  christos 	     features will be enabled in stabsread/dbxread.  */
   4028  1.1  christos 	  processing_gcc_compilation = 2;
   4029  1.1  christos 	}
   4030  1.1  christos     }
   4031  1.1  christos 
   4032  1.1  christos   if (processing_gcc_compilation != 0)
   4033  1.1  christos     {
   4034  1.1  christos       struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
   4035  1.1  christos 
   4036  1.1  christos       /* This symbol table contains stabs-in-ecoff entries.  */
   4037  1.1  christos 
   4038  1.1  christos       /* Parse local symbols first.  */
   4039  1.1  christos 
   4040  1.1  christos       if (fh->csym <= 2)	/* FIXME, this blows psymtab->symtab ptr.  */
   4041  1.1  christos 	{
   4042  1.1  christos 	  mdebugread_objfile = NULL;
   4043  1.1  christos 	  return;
   4044  1.1  christos 	}
   4045  1.1  christos       for (cur_sdx = 2; cur_sdx < fh->csym; cur_sdx++)
   4046  1.1  christos 	{
   4047  1.1  christos 	  SYMR sh;
   4048  1.1  christos 	  char *name;
   4049  1.1  christos 	  CORE_ADDR valu;
   4050  1.1  christos 
   4051  1.1  christos 	  (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd,
   4052  1.1  christos 			  (((char *) debug_info->external_sym)
   4053  1.1  christos 			   + (fh->isymBase + cur_sdx) * external_sym_size),
   4054  1.1  christos 			  &sh);
   4055  1.1  christos 	  name = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   4056  1.1  christos 	  valu = sh.value;
   4057  1.1  christos 	  /* XXX This is a hack.  It will go away!  */
   4058  1.1  christos 	  if (ECOFF_IS_STAB (&sh) || (name[0] == '#'))
   4059  1.1  christos 	    {
   4060  1.1  christos 	      int type_code = ECOFF_UNMARK_STAB (sh.index);
   4061  1.1  christos 
   4062  1.1  christos 	      /* We should never get non N_STAB symbols here, but they
   4063  1.1  christos 	         should be harmless, so keep process_one_symbol from
   4064  1.1  christos 	         complaining about them.  */
   4065  1.1  christos 	      if (type_code & N_STAB)
   4066  1.1  christos 		{
   4067  1.1  christos 		  /* If we found a trailing N_SO with no name, process
   4068  1.1  christos                      it here instead of in process_one_symbol, so we
   4069  1.1  christos                      can keep a handle to its symtab.  The symtab
   4070  1.1  christos                      would otherwise be ended twice, once in
   4071  1.1  christos                      process_one_symbol, and once after this loop.  */
   4072  1.1  christos 		  if (type_code == N_SO
   4073  1.1  christos 		      && get_last_source_file ()
   4074  1.1  christos 		      && previous_stab_code != (unsigned char) N_SO
   4075  1.1  christos 		      && *name == '\000')
   4076  1.1  christos 		    {
   4077  1.1  christos 		      valu += ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets,
   4078  1.1  christos 					SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4079  1.1  christos 		      previous_stab_code = N_SO;
   4080  1.1  christos 		      st = end_symtab (valu, objfile,
   4081  1.1  christos 				       SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4082  1.1  christos 		      end_stabs ();
   4083  1.1  christos 		      last_symtab_ended = 1;
   4084  1.1  christos 		    }
   4085  1.1  christos 		  else
   4086  1.1  christos 		    {
   4087  1.1  christos 		      last_symtab_ended = 0;
   4088  1.1  christos 		      process_one_symbol (type_code, 0, valu, name,
   4089  1.1  christos 					  pst->section_offsets, objfile);
   4090  1.1  christos 		    }
   4091  1.1  christos 		}
   4092  1.1  christos 	      /* Similarly a hack.  */
   4093  1.1  christos 	      else if (name[0] == '#')
   4094  1.1  christos 		{
   4095  1.1  christos 		  process_one_symbol (N_SLINE, 0, valu, name,
   4096  1.1  christos 				      pst->section_offsets, objfile);
   4097  1.1  christos 		}
   4098  1.1  christos 	      if (type_code == N_FUN)
   4099  1.1  christos 		{
   4100  1.1  christos 		  /* Make up special symbol to contain
   4101  1.1  christos 		     procedure specific info.  */
   4102  1.1  christos 		  struct mdebug_extra_func_info *e =
   4103  1.1  christos 		    ((struct mdebug_extra_func_info *)
   4104  1.1  christos 		     obstack_alloc (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4105  1.1  christos 				    sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info)));
   4106  1.1  christos 		  struct symbol *s = new_symbol (MDEBUG_EFI_SYMBOL_NAME);
   4107  1.1  christos 
   4108  1.1  christos 		  memset (e, 0, sizeof (struct mdebug_extra_func_info));
   4109  1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_DOMAIN (s) = LABEL_DOMAIN;
   4110  1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_ACLASS_INDEX (s) = LOC_CONST;
   4111  1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_TYPE (s) = objfile_type (objfile)->builtin_void;
   4112  1.1  christos 		  SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (s) = (gdb_byte *) e;
   4113  1.1  christos 		  e->pdr.framereg = -1;
   4114  1.1  christos 		  add_symbol_to_list (s, &local_symbols);
   4115  1.1  christos 		}
   4116  1.1  christos 	    }
   4117  1.1  christos 	  else if (sh.st == stLabel)
   4118  1.1  christos 	    {
   4119  1.1  christos 	      if (sh.index == indexNil)
   4120  1.1  christos 		{
   4121  1.1  christos 		  /* This is what the gcc2_compiled and __gnu_compiled_*
   4122  1.1  christos 		     show up as.  So don't complain.  */
   4123  1.1  christos 		  ;
   4124  1.1  christos 		}
   4125  1.1  christos 	      else
   4126  1.1  christos 		{
   4127  1.1  christos 		  /* Handle encoded stab line number.  */
   4128  1.1  christos 		  valu += ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets,
   4129  1.1  christos 				    SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4130  1.1  christos 		  record_line (current_subfile, sh.index,
   4131  1.1  christos 			       gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, valu));
   4132  1.1  christos 		}
   4133  1.1  christos 	    }
   4134  1.1  christos 	  else if (sh.st == stProc || sh.st == stStaticProc
   4135  1.1  christos 		   || sh.st == stStatic || sh.st == stEnd)
   4136  1.1  christos 	    /* These are generated by gcc-2.x, do not complain.  */
   4137  1.1  christos 	    ;
   4138  1.1  christos 	  else
   4139  1.1  christos 	    complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   4140  1.1  christos 		       _("unknown stabs symbol %s"), name);
   4141  1.1  christos 	}
   4142  1.1  christos 
   4143  1.1  christos       if (! last_symtab_ended)
   4144  1.1  christos 	{
   4145  1.1  christos 	  st = end_symtab (pst->texthigh, objfile,
   4146  1.1  christos 			   SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
   4147  1.1  christos 	  end_stabs ();
   4148  1.1  christos 	}
   4149  1.1  christos 
   4150  1.1  christos       /* There used to be a call to sort_blocks here, but this should not
   4151  1.1  christos          be necessary for stabs symtabs.  And as sort_blocks modifies the
   4152  1.1  christos          start address of the GLOBAL_BLOCK to the FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
   4153  1.1  christos          it did the wrong thing if the first procedure in a file was
   4154  1.1  christos          generated via asm statements.  */
   4155  1.1  christos 
   4156  1.1  christos       /* Fill in procedure info next.  */
   4157  1.1  christos       if (fh->cpd > 0)
   4158  1.1  christos 	{
   4159  1.1  christos 	  PDR *pr_block;
   4160  1.1  christos 	  struct cleanup *old_chain;
   4161  1.1  christos 	  char *pdr_ptr;
   4162  1.1  christos 	  char *pdr_end;
   4163  1.1  christos 	  PDR *pdr_in;
   4164  1.1  christos 	  PDR *pdr_in_end;
   4165  1.1  christos 
   4166  1.1  christos 	  pr_block = (PDR *) xmalloc (fh->cpd * sizeof (PDR));
   4167  1.1  christos 	  old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, pr_block);
   4168  1.1  christos 
   4169  1.1  christos 	  pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
   4170  1.1  christos 		     + fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
   4171  1.1  christos 	  pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
   4172  1.1  christos 	  pdr_in = pr_block;
   4173  1.1  christos 	  for (;
   4174  1.1  christos 	       pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
   4175  1.1  christos 	       pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
   4176  1.1  christos 	    {
   4177  1.1  christos 	      (*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
   4178  1.1  christos 
   4179  1.1  christos 	      /* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
   4180  1.1  christos 	         sorted.  */
   4181  1.1  christos 	      if (pdr_in == pr_block)
   4182  1.1  christos 		lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4183  1.1  christos 	      else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
   4184  1.1  christos 		lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4185  1.1  christos 	    }
   4186  1.1  christos 
   4187  1.1  christos 	  pdr_in = pr_block;
   4188  1.1  christos 	  pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
   4189  1.1  christos 	  for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
   4190  1.1  christos 	    parse_procedure (pdr_in, st, pst);
   4191  1.1  christos 
   4192  1.1  christos 	  do_cleanups (old_chain);
   4193  1.1  christos 	}
   4194  1.1  christos     }
   4195  1.1  christos   else
   4196  1.1  christos     {
   4197  1.1  christos       /* This symbol table contains ordinary ecoff entries.  */
   4198  1.1  christos 
   4199  1.1  christos       int maxlines, size;
   4200  1.1  christos       EXTR *ext_ptr;
   4201  1.1  christos 
   4202  1.1  christos       if (fh == 0)
   4203  1.1  christos 	{
   4204  1.1  christos 	  maxlines = 0;
   4205  1.1  christos 	  st = new_symtab ("unknown", 0, objfile);
   4206  1.1  christos 	}
   4207  1.1  christos       else
   4208  1.1  christos 	{
   4209  1.1  christos 	  maxlines = 2 * fh->cline;
   4210  1.1  christos 	  st = new_symtab (pst->filename, maxlines, objfile);
   4211  1.1  christos 
   4212  1.1  christos 	  /* The proper language was already determined when building
   4213  1.1  christos 	     the psymtab, use it.  */
   4214  1.1  christos 	  st->language = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->pst_language;
   4215  1.1  christos 	}
   4216  1.1  christos 
   4217  1.1  christos       psymtab_language = st->language;
   4218  1.1  christos 
   4219  1.1  christos       lines = LINETABLE (st);
   4220  1.1  christos 
   4221  1.1  christos       /* Get a new lexical context.  */
   4222  1.1  christos 
   4223  1.1  christos       push_parse_stack ();
   4224  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_st = st;
   4225  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (st),
   4226  1.1  christos 						STATIC_BLOCK);
   4227  1.1  christos       BLOCK_START (top_stack->cur_block) = pst->textlow;
   4228  1.1  christos       BLOCK_END (top_stack->cur_block) = 0;
   4229  1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
   4230  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_type = 0;
   4231  1.1  christos       top_stack->procadr = 0;
   4232  1.1  christos       top_stack->numargs = 0;
   4233  1.1  christos       found_ecoff_debugging_info = 0;
   4234  1.1  christos 
   4235  1.1  christos       if (fh)
   4236  1.1  christos 	{
   4237  1.1  christos 	  char *sym_ptr;
   4238  1.1  christos 	  char *sym_end;
   4239  1.1  christos 
   4240  1.1  christos 	  /* Parse local symbols first.  */
   4241  1.1  christos 	  sym_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4242  1.1  christos 		     + fh->isymBase * external_sym_size);
   4243  1.1  christos 	  sym_end = sym_ptr + fh->csym * external_sym_size;
   4244  1.1  christos 	  while (sym_ptr < sym_end)
   4245  1.1  christos 	    {
   4246  1.1  christos 	      SYMR sh;
   4247  1.1  christos 	      int c;
   4248  1.1  christos 
   4249  1.1  christos 	      (*swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, sym_ptr, &sh);
   4250  1.1  christos 	      c = parse_symbol (&sh,
   4251  1.1  christos 				debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4252  1.1  christos 				sym_ptr, fh->fBigendian,
   4253  1.1  christos 				pst->section_offsets, objfile);
   4254  1.1  christos 	      sym_ptr += c * external_sym_size;
   4255  1.1  christos 	    }
   4256  1.1  christos 
   4257  1.1  christos 	  /* Linenumbers.  At the end, check if we can save memory.
   4258  1.1  christos 	     parse_lines has to look ahead an arbitrary number of PDR
   4259  1.1  christos 	     structures, so we swap them all first.  */
   4260  1.1  christos 	  if (fh->cpd > 0)
   4261  1.1  christos 	    {
   4262  1.1  christos 	      PDR *pr_block;
   4263  1.1  christos 	      struct cleanup *old_chain;
   4264  1.1  christos 	      char *pdr_ptr;
   4265  1.1  christos 	      char *pdr_end;
   4266  1.1  christos 	      PDR *pdr_in;
   4267  1.1  christos 	      PDR *pdr_in_end;
   4268  1.1  christos 
   4269  1.1  christos 	      pr_block = (PDR *) xmalloc (fh->cpd * sizeof (PDR));
   4270  1.1  christos 
   4271  1.1  christos 	      old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, pr_block);
   4272  1.1  christos 
   4273  1.1  christos 	      pdr_ptr = ((char *) debug_info->external_pdr
   4274  1.1  christos 			 + fh->ipdFirst * external_pdr_size);
   4275  1.1  christos 	      pdr_end = pdr_ptr + fh->cpd * external_pdr_size;
   4276  1.1  christos 	      pdr_in = pr_block;
   4277  1.1  christos 	      for (;
   4278  1.1  christos 		   pdr_ptr < pdr_end;
   4279  1.1  christos 		   pdr_ptr += external_pdr_size, pdr_in++)
   4280  1.1  christos 		{
   4281  1.1  christos 		  (*swap_pdr_in) (cur_bfd, pdr_ptr, pdr_in);
   4282  1.1  christos 
   4283  1.1  christos 		  /* Determine lowest PDR address, the PDRs are not always
   4284  1.1  christos 		     sorted.  */
   4285  1.1  christos 		  if (pdr_in == pr_block)
   4286  1.1  christos 		    lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4287  1.1  christos 		  else if (pdr_in->adr < lowest_pdr_addr)
   4288  1.1  christos 		    lowest_pdr_addr = pdr_in->adr;
   4289  1.1  christos 		}
   4290  1.1  christos 
   4291  1.1  christos 	      parse_lines (fh, pr_block, lines, maxlines,
   4292  1.1  christos 			   pst, lowest_pdr_addr);
   4293  1.1  christos 	      if (lines->nitems < fh->cline)
   4294  1.1  christos 		lines = shrink_linetable (lines);
   4295  1.1  christos 
   4296  1.1  christos 	      /* Fill in procedure info next.  */
   4297  1.1  christos 	      pdr_in = pr_block;
   4298  1.1  christos 	      pdr_in_end = pdr_in + fh->cpd;
   4299  1.1  christos 	      for (; pdr_in < pdr_in_end; pdr_in++)
   4300  1.1  christos 		parse_procedure (pdr_in, 0, pst);
   4301  1.1  christos 
   4302  1.1  christos 	      do_cleanups (old_chain);
   4303  1.1  christos 	    }
   4304  1.1  christos 	}
   4305  1.1  christos 
   4306  1.1  christos       size = lines->nitems;
   4307  1.1  christos       if (size > 1)
   4308  1.1  christos 	--size;
   4309  1.1  christos       LINETABLE (st) = obstack_copy (&mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4310  1.1  christos 				     lines,
   4311  1.1  christos 				     (sizeof (struct linetable)
   4312  1.1  christos 				      + size * sizeof (lines->item)));
   4313  1.1  christos       xfree (lines);
   4314  1.1  christos 
   4315  1.1  christos       /* .. and our share of externals.
   4316  1.1  christos          XXX use the global list to speed up things here.  How?
   4317  1.1  christos          FIXME, Maybe quit once we have found the right number of ext's?  */
   4318  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_st = st;
   4319  1.1  christos       top_stack->cur_block
   4320  1.1  christos 	= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (top_stack->cur_st),
   4321  1.1  christos 			     GLOBAL_BLOCK);
   4322  1.1  christos       top_stack->blocktype = stFile;
   4323  1.1  christos 
   4324  1.1  christos       ext_ptr = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_tab;
   4325  1.1  christos       for (i = PST_PRIVATE (pst)->extern_count; --i >= 0; ext_ptr++)
   4326  1.1  christos 	parse_external (ext_ptr, fh->fBigendian,
   4327  1.1  christos 			pst->section_offsets, objfile);
   4328  1.1  christos 
   4329  1.1  christos       /* If there are undefined symbols, tell the user.
   4330  1.1  christos          The alpha has an undefined symbol for every symbol that is
   4331  1.1  christos          from a shared library, so tell the user only if verbose is on.  */
   4332  1.1  christos       if (info_verbose && n_undef_symbols)
   4333  1.1  christos 	{
   4334  1.1  christos 	  printf_filtered (_("File %s contains %d unresolved references:"),
   4335  1.1  christos 			   symtab_to_filename_for_display (st),
   4336  1.1  christos 			   n_undef_symbols);
   4337  1.1  christos 	  printf_filtered ("\n\t%4d variables\n\t%4d "
   4338  1.1  christos 			   "procedures\n\t%4d labels\n",
   4339  1.1  christos 			   n_undef_vars, n_undef_procs, n_undef_labels);
   4340  1.1  christos 	  n_undef_symbols = n_undef_labels = n_undef_vars = n_undef_procs = 0;
   4341  1.1  christos 
   4342  1.1  christos 	}
   4343  1.1  christos       pop_parse_stack ();
   4344  1.1  christos 
   4345  1.1  christos       set_symtab_primary (st, 1);
   4346  1.1  christos 
   4347  1.1  christos       sort_blocks (st);
   4348  1.1  christos     }
   4349  1.1  christos 
   4350  1.1  christos   /* Now link the psymtab and the symtab.  */
   4351  1.1  christos   pst->symtab = st;
   4352  1.1  christos 
   4353  1.1  christos   mdebugread_objfile = NULL;
   4354  1.1  christos }
   4355  1.1  christos 
   4356  1.1  christos /* Ancillary parsing procedures.  */
   4358  1.1  christos 
   4359  1.1  christos /* Return 1 if the symbol pointed to by SH has a cross reference
   4360  1.1  christos    to an opaque aggregate type, else 0.  */
   4361  1.1  christos 
   4362  1.1  christos static int
   4363  1.1  christos has_opaque_xref (FDR *fh, SYMR *sh)
   4364  1.1  christos {
   4365  1.1  christos   TIR tir;
   4366  1.1  christos   union aux_ext *ax;
   4367  1.1  christos   RNDXR rn[1];
   4368  1.1  christos   unsigned int rf;
   4369  1.1  christos 
   4370  1.1  christos   if (sh->index == indexNil)
   4371  1.1  christos     return 0;
   4372  1.1  christos 
   4373  1.1  christos   ax = debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase + sh->index;
   4374  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_ti, &tir);
   4375  1.1  christos   if (tir.bt != btStruct && tir.bt != btUnion && tir.bt != btEnum)
   4376  1.1  christos     return 0;
   4377  1.1  christos 
   4378  1.1  christos   ax++;
   4379  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (fh->fBigendian, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   4380  1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   4381  1.1  christos     rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (fh->fBigendian, ax + 1);
   4382  1.1  christos   else
   4383  1.1  christos     rf = rn->rfd;
   4384  1.1  christos   if (rf != -1)
   4385  1.1  christos     return 0;
   4386  1.1  christos   return 1;
   4387  1.1  christos }
   4388  1.1  christos 
   4389  1.1  christos /* Lookup the type at relative index RN.  Return it in TPP
   4390  1.1  christos    if found and in any event come up with its name PNAME.
   4391  1.1  christos    BIGEND says whether aux symbols are big-endian or not (from fh->fBigendian).
   4392  1.1  christos    Return value says how many aux symbols we ate.  */
   4393  1.1  christos 
   4394  1.1  christos static int
   4395  1.1  christos cross_ref (int fd, union aux_ext *ax, struct type **tpp,
   4396  1.1  christos 	   enum type_code type_code,
   4397  1.1  christos 	   /* Use to alloc new type if none is found.  */
   4398  1.1  christos 	   char **pname, int bigend, char *sym_name)
   4399  1.1  christos {
   4400  1.1  christos   RNDXR rn[1];
   4401  1.1  christos   unsigned int rf;
   4402  1.1  christos   int result = 1;
   4403  1.1  christos   FDR *fh;
   4404  1.1  christos   char *esh;
   4405  1.1  christos   SYMR sh;
   4406  1.1  christos   int xref_fd;
   4407  1.1  christos   struct mdebug_pending *pend;
   4408  1.1  christos 
   4409  1.1  christos   *tpp = (struct type *) NULL;
   4410  1.1  christos 
   4411  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_rndx_in) (bigend, &ax->a_rndx, rn);
   4412  1.1  christos 
   4413  1.1  christos   /* Escape index means 'the next one'.  */
   4414  1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff)
   4415  1.1  christos     {
   4416  1.1  christos       result++;
   4417  1.1  christos       rf = AUX_GET_ISYM (bigend, ax + 1);
   4418  1.1  christos     }
   4419  1.1  christos   else
   4420  1.1  christos     {
   4421  1.1  christos       rf = rn->rfd;
   4422  1.1  christos     }
   4423  1.1  christos 
   4424  1.1  christos   /* mips cc uses a rf of -1 for opaque struct definitions.
   4425  1.1  christos      Set TYPE_FLAG_STUB for these types so that check_typedef will
   4426  1.1  christos      resolve them if the struct gets defined in another compilation unit.  */
   4427  1.1  christos   if (rf == -1)
   4428  1.1  christos     {
   4429  1.1  christos       *pname = "<undefined>";
   4430  1.1  christos       *tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, TYPE_FLAG_STUB,
   4431  1.1  christos 			(char *) NULL, mdebugread_objfile);
   4432  1.1  christos       return result;
   4433  1.1  christos     }
   4434  1.1  christos 
   4435  1.1  christos   /* mips cc uses an escaped rn->index of 0 for struct return types
   4436  1.1  christos      of procedures that were compiled without -g.  These will always remain
   4437  1.1  christos      undefined.  */
   4438  1.1  christos   if (rn->rfd == 0xfff && rn->index == 0)
   4439  1.1  christos     {
   4440  1.1  christos       *pname = "<undefined>";
   4441  1.1  christos       return result;
   4442  1.1  christos     }
   4443  1.1  christos 
   4444  1.1  christos   /* Find the relative file descriptor and the symbol in it.  */
   4445  1.1  christos   fh = get_rfd (fd, rf);
   4446  1.1  christos   xref_fd = fh - debug_info->fdr;
   4447  1.1  christos 
   4448  1.1  christos   if (rn->index >= fh->csym)
   4449  1.1  christos     {
   4450  1.1  christos       /* File indirect entry is corrupt.  */
   4451  1.1  christos       *pname = "<illegal>";
   4452  1.1  christos       bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
   4453  1.1  christos       return result;
   4454  1.1  christos     }
   4455  1.1  christos 
   4456  1.1  christos   /* If we have processed this symbol then we left a forwarding
   4457  1.1  christos      pointer to the type in the pending list.  If not, we`ll put
   4458  1.1  christos      it in a list of pending types, to be processed later when
   4459  1.1  christos      the file will be.  In any event, we collect the name for the
   4460  1.1  christos      type here.  */
   4461  1.1  christos 
   4462  1.1  christos   esh = ((char *) debug_info->external_sym
   4463  1.1  christos 	 + ((fh->isymBase + rn->index)
   4464  1.1  christos 	    * debug_swap->external_sym_size));
   4465  1.1  christos   (*debug_swap->swap_sym_in) (cur_bfd, esh, &sh);
   4466  1.1  christos 
   4467  1.1  christos   /* Make sure that this type of cross reference can be handled.  */
   4468  1.1  christos   if ((sh.sc != scInfo
   4469  1.1  christos        || (sh.st != stBlock && sh.st != stTypedef && sh.st != stIndirect
   4470  1.1  christos 	   && sh.st != stStruct && sh.st != stUnion
   4471  1.1  christos 	   && sh.st != stEnum))
   4472  1.1  christos       && (sh.st != stBlock || !SC_IS_COMMON (sh.sc)))
   4473  1.1  christos     {
   4474  1.1  christos       /* File indirect entry is corrupt.  */
   4475  1.1  christos       *pname = "<illegal>";
   4476  1.1  christos       bad_rfd_entry_complaint (sym_name, xref_fd, rn->index);
   4477  1.1  christos       return result;
   4478  1.1  christos     }
   4479  1.1  christos 
   4480  1.1  christos   *pname = debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss;
   4481  1.1  christos 
   4482  1.1  christos   pend = is_pending_symbol (fh, esh);
   4483  1.1  christos   if (pend)
   4484  1.1  christos     *tpp = pend->t;
   4485  1.1  christos   else
   4486  1.1  christos     {
   4487  1.1  christos       /* We have not yet seen this type.  */
   4488  1.1  christos 
   4489  1.1  christos       if ((sh.iss == 0 && sh.st == stTypedef) || sh.st == stIndirect)
   4490  1.1  christos 	{
   4491  1.1  christos 	  TIR tir;
   4492  1.1  christos 
   4493  1.1  christos 	  /* alpha cc puts out a stTypedef with a sh.iss of zero for
   4494  1.1  christos 	     two cases:
   4495  1.1  christos 	     a) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums which are not
   4496  1.1  christos 	     defined in this compilation unit.
   4497  1.1  christos 	     For these the type will be void.  This is a bad design decision
   4498  1.1  christos 	     as cross referencing across compilation units is impossible
   4499  1.1  christos 	     due to the missing name.
   4500  1.1  christos 	     b) forward declarations of structs/unions/enums/typedefs which
   4501  1.1  christos 	     are defined later in this file or in another file in the same
   4502  1.1  christos 	     compilation unit.  Irix5 cc uses a stIndirect symbol for this.
   4503  1.1  christos 	     Simply cross reference those again to get the true type.
   4504  1.1  christos 	     The forward references are not entered in the pending list and
   4505  1.1  christos 	     in the symbol table.  */
   4506  1.1  christos 
   4507  1.1  christos 	  (*debug_swap->swap_tir_in) (bigend,
   4508  1.1  christos 				      &(debug_info->external_aux
   4509  1.1  christos 					+ fh->iauxBase + sh.index)->a_ti,
   4510  1.1  christos 				      &tir);
   4511  1.1  christos 	  if (tir.tq0 != tqNil)
   4512  1.1  christos 	    complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   4513  1.1  christos 		       _("illegal tq0 in forward typedef for %s"), sym_name);
   4514  1.1  christos 	  switch (tir.bt)
   4515  1.1  christos 	    {
   4516  1.1  christos 	    case btVoid:
   4517  1.1  christos 	      *tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL,
   4518  1.1  christos 				mdebugread_objfile);
   4519  1.1  christos 	      *pname = "<undefined>";
   4520  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4521  1.1  christos 
   4522  1.1  christos 	    case btStruct:
   4523  1.1  christos 	    case btUnion:
   4524  1.1  christos 	    case btEnum:
   4525  1.1  christos 	      cross_ref (xref_fd,
   4526  1.1  christos 			 (debug_info->external_aux
   4527  1.1  christos 			  + fh->iauxBase + sh.index + 1),
   4528  1.1  christos 			 tpp, type_code, pname,
   4529  1.1  christos 			 fh->fBigendian, sym_name);
   4530  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4531  1.1  christos 
   4532  1.1  christos 	    case btTypedef:
   4533  1.1  christos 	      /* Follow a forward typedef.  This might recursively
   4534  1.1  christos 	         call cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
   4535  1.1  christos 	         FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
   4536  1.1  christos 	         cannot handle typedefs without type copying.  Type
   4537  1.1  christos 	         copying is impossible as we might have mutual forward
   4538  1.1  christos 	         references between two files and the copied type would not
   4539  1.1  christos 	         get filled in when we later parse its definition.  */
   4540  1.1  christos 	      *tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
   4541  1.1  christos 				 debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4542  1.1  christos 				 sh.index,
   4543  1.1  christos 				 (int *) NULL,
   4544  1.1  christos 				 fh->fBigendian,
   4545  1.1  christos 				 debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
   4546  1.1  christos 	      add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
   4547  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4548  1.1  christos 
   4549  1.1  christos 	    default:
   4550  1.1  christos 	      complaint (&symfile_complaints,
   4551  1.1  christos 			 _("illegal bt %d in forward typedef for %s"), tir.bt,
   4552  1.1  christos 			 sym_name);
   4553  1.1  christos 	      *tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL,
   4554  1.1  christos 				mdebugread_objfile);
   4555  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4556  1.1  christos 	    }
   4557  1.1  christos 	  return result;
   4558  1.1  christos 	}
   4559  1.1  christos       else if (sh.st == stTypedef)
   4560  1.1  christos 	{
   4561  1.1  christos 	  /* Parse the type for a normal typedef.  This might recursively call
   4562  1.1  christos 	     cross_ref till we get a non typedef'ed type.
   4563  1.1  christos 	     FIXME: This is not correct behaviour, but gdb currently
   4564  1.1  christos 	     cannot handle typedefs without type copying.  But type copying is
   4565  1.1  christos 	     impossible as we might have mutual forward references between
   4566  1.1  christos 	     two files and the copied type would not get filled in when
   4567  1.1  christos 	     we later parse its definition.   */
   4568  1.1  christos 	  *tpp = parse_type (xref_fd,
   4569  1.1  christos 			     debug_info->external_aux + fh->iauxBase,
   4570  1.1  christos 			     sh.index,
   4571  1.1  christos 			     (int *) NULL,
   4572  1.1  christos 			     fh->fBigendian,
   4573  1.1  christos 			     debug_info->ss + fh->issBase + sh.iss);
   4574  1.1  christos 	}
   4575  1.1  christos       else
   4576  1.1  christos 	{
   4577  1.1  christos 	  /* Cross reference to a struct/union/enum which is defined
   4578  1.1  christos 	     in another file in the same compilation unit but that file
   4579  1.1  christos 	     has not been parsed yet.
   4580  1.1  christos 	     Initialize the type only, it will be filled in when
   4581  1.1  christos 	     it's definition is parsed.  */
   4582  1.1  christos 	  *tpp = init_type (type_code, 0, 0, (char *) NULL, mdebugread_objfile);
   4583  1.1  christos 	}
   4584  1.1  christos       add_pending (fh, esh, *tpp);
   4585  1.1  christos     }
   4586  1.1  christos 
   4587  1.1  christos   /* We used one auxent normally, two if we got a "next one" rf.  */
   4588  1.1  christos   return result;
   4589  1.1  christos }
   4590  1.1  christos 
   4591  1.1  christos 
   4592  1.1  christos /* Quick&dirty lookup procedure, to avoid the MI ones that require
   4593  1.1  christos    keeping the symtab sorted.  */
   4594  1.1  christos 
   4595  1.1  christos static struct symbol *
   4596  1.1  christos mylookup_symbol (char *name, struct block *block,
   4597  1.1  christos 		 domain_enum domain, enum address_class class)
   4598  1.1  christos {
   4599  1.1  christos   struct block_iterator iter;
   4600  1.1  christos   int inc;
   4601  1.1  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   4602  1.1  christos 
   4603  1.1  christos   inc = name[0];
   4604  1.1  christos   ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym)
   4605  1.1  christos     {
   4606  1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym)[0] == inc
   4607  1.1  christos 	  && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain
   4608  1.1  christos 	  && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == class
   4609  1.1  christos 	  && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym), name) == 0)
   4610  1.1  christos 	return sym;
   4611  1.1  christos     }
   4612  1.1  christos 
   4613  1.1  christos   block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
   4614  1.1  christos   if (block)
   4615  1.1  christos     return mylookup_symbol (name, block, domain, class);
   4616  1.1  christos   return 0;
   4617  1.1  christos }
   4618  1.1  christos 
   4619  1.1  christos 
   4620  1.1  christos /* Add a new symbol S to a block B.  */
   4621  1.1  christos 
   4622  1.1  christos static void
   4623  1.1  christos add_symbol (struct symbol *s, struct symtab *symtab, struct block *b)
   4624  1.1  christos {
   4625  1.1  christos   SYMBOL_SYMTAB (s) = symtab;
   4626  1.1  christos   dict_add_symbol (BLOCK_DICT (b), s);
   4627  1.1  christos }
   4628  1.1  christos 
   4629  1.1  christos /* Add a new block B to a symtab S.  */
   4630  1.1  christos 
   4631  1.1  christos static void
   4632  1.1  christos add_block (struct block *b, struct symtab *s)
   4633  1.1  christos {
   4634  1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
   4635  1.1  christos 
   4636  1.1  christos   bv = (struct blockvector *) xrealloc ((void *) bv,
   4637  1.1  christos 					(sizeof (struct blockvector)
   4638  1.1  christos 					 + BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)
   4639  1.1  christos 					 * sizeof (bv->block)));
   4640  1.1  christos   if (bv != BLOCKVECTOR (s))
   4641  1.1  christos     BLOCKVECTOR (s) = bv;
   4642  1.1  christos 
   4643  1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv)++) = b;
   4644  1.1  christos }
   4645  1.1  christos 
   4646  1.1  christos /* Add a new linenumber entry (LINENO,ADR) to a linevector LT.
   4647  1.1  christos    MIPS' linenumber encoding might need more than one byte
   4648  1.1  christos    to describe it, LAST is used to detect these continuation lines.
   4649  1.1  christos 
   4650  1.1  christos    Combining lines with the same line number seems like a bad idea.
   4651  1.1  christos    E.g: There could be a line number entry with the same line number after the
   4652  1.1  christos    prologue and GDB should not ignore it (this is a better way to find
   4653  1.1  christos    a prologue than mips_skip_prologue).
   4654  1.1  christos    But due to the compressed line table format there are line number entries
   4655  1.1  christos    for the same line which are needed to bridge the gap to the next
   4656  1.1  christos    line number entry.  These entries have a bogus address info with them
   4657  1.1  christos    and we are unable to tell them from intended duplicate line number
   4658  1.1  christos    entries.
   4659  1.1  christos    This is another reason why -ggdb debugging format is preferable.  */
   4660  1.1  christos 
   4661  1.1  christos static int
   4662  1.1  christos add_line (struct linetable *lt, int lineno, CORE_ADDR adr, int last)
   4663  1.1  christos {
   4664  1.1  christos   /* DEC c89 sometimes produces zero linenos which confuse gdb.
   4665  1.1  christos      Change them to something sensible.  */
   4666  1.1  christos   if (lineno == 0)
   4667  1.1  christos     lineno = 1;
   4668  1.1  christos   if (last == 0)
   4669  1.1  christos     last = -2;			/* Make sure we record first line.  */
   4670  1.1  christos 
   4671  1.1  christos   if (last == lineno)		/* Skip continuation lines.  */
   4672  1.1  christos     return lineno;
   4673  1.1  christos 
   4674  1.1  christos   lt->item[lt->nitems].line = lineno;
   4675  1.1  christos   lt->item[lt->nitems++].pc = adr << 2;
   4676  1.1  christos   return lineno;
   4677  1.1  christos }
   4678  1.1  christos 
   4679  1.1  christos /* Sorting and reordering procedures.  */
   4681  1.1  christos 
   4682  1.1  christos /* Blocks with a smaller low bound should come first.  */
   4683  1.1  christos 
   4684  1.1  christos static int
   4685  1.1  christos compare_blocks (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
   4686  1.1  christos {
   4687  1.1  christos   LONGEST addr_diff;
   4688  1.1  christos   struct block **b1 = (struct block **) arg1;
   4689  1.1  christos   struct block **b2 = (struct block **) arg2;
   4690  1.1  christos 
   4691  1.1  christos   addr_diff = (BLOCK_START ((*b1))) - (BLOCK_START ((*b2)));
   4692  1.1  christos   if (addr_diff == 0)
   4693  1.1  christos     return (BLOCK_END ((*b2))) - (BLOCK_END ((*b1)));
   4694  1.1  christos   return addr_diff;
   4695  1.1  christos }
   4696  1.1  christos 
   4697  1.1  christos /* Sort the blocks of a symtab S.
   4698  1.1  christos    Reorder the blocks in the blockvector by code-address,
   4699  1.1  christos    as required by some MI search routines.  */
   4700  1.1  christos 
   4701  1.1  christos static void
   4702  1.1  christos sort_blocks (struct symtab *s)
   4703  1.1  christos {
   4704  1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
   4705  1.1  christos 
   4706  1.1  christos   if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) <= FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK)
   4707  1.1  christos     {
   4708  1.1  christos       /* Cosmetic */
   4709  1.1  christos       if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) == 0)
   4710  1.1  christos 	BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = 0;
   4711  1.1  christos       if (BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) == 0)
   4712  1.1  christos 	BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) = 0;
   4713  1.1  christos       return;
   4714  1.1  christos     }
   4715  1.1  christos   /*
   4716  1.1  christos    * This is very unfortunate: normally all functions are compiled in
   4717  1.1  christos    * the order they are found, but if the file is compiled -O3 things
   4718  1.1  christos    * are very different.  It would be nice to find a reliable test
   4719  1.1  christos    * to detect -O3 images in advance.
   4720  1.1  christos    */
   4721  1.1  christos   if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) > FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK + 1)
   4722  1.1  christos     qsort (&BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK),
   4723  1.1  christos 	   BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) - FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK,
   4724  1.1  christos 	   sizeof (struct block *),
   4725  1.1  christos 	   compare_blocks);
   4726  1.1  christos 
   4727  1.1  christos   {
   4728  1.1  christos     CORE_ADDR high = 0;
   4729  1.1  christos     int i, j = BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv);
   4730  1.1  christos 
   4731  1.1  christos     for (i = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK; i < j; i++)
   4732  1.1  christos       if (high < BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i)))
   4733  1.1  christos 	high = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
   4734  1.1  christos     BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) = high;
   4735  1.1  christos   }
   4736  1.1  christos 
   4737  1.1  christos   BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)) =
   4738  1.1  christos     BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK));
   4739  1.1  christos 
   4740  1.1  christos   BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
   4741  1.1  christos     BLOCK_START (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
   4742  1.1  christos   BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK)) =
   4743  1.1  christos     BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
   4744  1.1  christos }
   4745  1.1  christos 
   4746  1.1  christos 
   4748  1.1  christos /* Constructor/restructor/destructor procedures.  */
   4749  1.1  christos 
   4750  1.1  christos /* Allocate a new symtab for NAME.  Needs an estimate of how many
   4751  1.1  christos    linenumbers MAXLINES we'll put in it.  */
   4752  1.1  christos 
   4753  1.1  christos static struct symtab *
   4754  1.1  christos new_symtab (const char *name, int maxlines, struct objfile *objfile)
   4755  1.1  christos {
   4756  1.1  christos   struct symtab *s = allocate_symtab (name, objfile);
   4757  1.1  christos 
   4758  1.1  christos   LINETABLE (s) = new_linetable (maxlines);
   4759  1.1  christos 
   4760  1.1  christos   /* All symtabs must have at least two blocks.  */
   4761  1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR (s) = new_bvect (2);
   4762  1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK)
   4763  1.1  christos     = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
   4764  1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK)
   4765  1.1  christos     = new_block (NON_FUNCTION_BLOCK);
   4766  1.1  christos   BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK)) =
   4767  1.1  christos     BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
   4768  1.1  christos 
   4769  1.1  christos   s->debugformat = "ECOFF";
   4770  1.1  christos   return (s);
   4771  1.1  christos }
   4772  1.1  christos 
   4773  1.1  christos /* Allocate a new partial_symtab NAME.  */
   4774  1.1  christos 
   4775  1.1  christos static struct partial_symtab *
   4776  1.1  christos new_psymtab (char *name, struct objfile *objfile)
   4777  1.1  christos {
   4778  1.1  christos   struct partial_symtab *psymtab;
   4779  1.1  christos 
   4780  1.1  christos   psymtab = allocate_psymtab (name, objfile);
   4781  1.1  christos   psymtab->section_offsets = objfile->section_offsets;
   4782  1.1  christos 
   4783  1.1  christos   /* Keep a backpointer to the file's symbols.  */
   4784  1.1  christos 
   4785  1.1  christos   psymtab->read_symtab_private = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4786  1.1  christos 						sizeof (struct symloc));
   4787  1.1  christos   memset (psymtab->read_symtab_private, 0, sizeof (struct symloc));
   4788  1.1  christos   CUR_BFD (psymtab) = cur_bfd;
   4789  1.1  christos   DEBUG_SWAP (psymtab) = debug_swap;
   4790  1.1  christos   DEBUG_INFO (psymtab) = debug_info;
   4791  1.1  christos   PENDING_LIST (psymtab) = pending_list;
   4792  1.1  christos 
   4793  1.1  christos   /* The way to turn this into a symtab is to call...  */
   4794  1.1  christos   psymtab->read_symtab = mdebug_read_symtab;
   4795  1.1  christos   return (psymtab);
   4796  1.1  christos }
   4797  1.1  christos 
   4798  1.1  christos 
   4799  1.1  christos /* Allocate a linetable array of the given SIZE.  Since the struct
   4800  1.1  christos    already includes one item, we subtract one when calculating the
   4801  1.1  christos    proper size to allocate.  */
   4802  1.1  christos 
   4803  1.1  christos static struct linetable *
   4804  1.1  christos new_linetable (int size)
   4805  1.1  christos {
   4806  1.1  christos   struct linetable *l;
   4807  1.1  christos 
   4808  1.1  christos   if (size > 1)
   4809  1.1  christos     --size;
   4810  1.1  christos   size = size * sizeof (l->item) + sizeof (struct linetable);
   4811  1.1  christos   l = (struct linetable *) xmalloc (size);
   4812  1.1  christos   l->nitems = 0;
   4813  1.1  christos   return l;
   4814  1.1  christos }
   4815  1.1  christos 
   4816  1.1  christos /* Oops, too big.  Shrink it.  This was important with the 2.4 linetables,
   4817  1.1  christos    I am not so sure about the 3.4 ones.
   4818  1.1  christos 
   4819  1.1  christos    Since the struct linetable already includes one item, we subtract one when
   4820  1.1  christos    calculating the proper size to allocate.  */
   4821  1.1  christos 
   4822  1.1  christos static struct linetable *
   4823  1.1  christos shrink_linetable (struct linetable *lt)
   4824  1.1  christos {
   4825  1.1  christos   return (struct linetable *) xrealloc ((void *) lt,
   4826  1.1  christos 					(sizeof (struct linetable)
   4827  1.1  christos 					 + ((lt->nitems - 1)
   4828  1.1  christos 					    * sizeof (lt->item))));
   4829  1.1  christos }
   4830  1.1  christos 
   4831  1.1  christos /* Allocate and zero a new blockvector of NBLOCKS blocks.  */
   4832  1.1  christos 
   4833  1.1  christos static struct blockvector *
   4834  1.1  christos new_bvect (int nblocks)
   4835  1.1  christos {
   4836  1.1  christos   struct blockvector *bv;
   4837  1.1  christos   int size;
   4838  1.1  christos 
   4839  1.1  christos   size = sizeof (struct blockvector) + nblocks * sizeof (struct block *);
   4840  1.1  christos   bv = (struct blockvector *) xzalloc (size);
   4841  1.1  christos 
   4842  1.1  christos   BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv) = nblocks;
   4843  1.1  christos 
   4844  1.1  christos   return bv;
   4845  1.1  christos }
   4846  1.1  christos 
   4847  1.1  christos /* Allocate and zero a new block, and set its BLOCK_DICT.  If function
   4848  1.1  christos    is non-zero, assume the block is associated to a function, and make
   4849  1.1  christos    sure that the symbols are stored linearly; otherwise, store them
   4850  1.1  christos    hashed.  */
   4851  1.1  christos 
   4852  1.1  christos static struct block *
   4853  1.1  christos new_block (enum block_type type)
   4854  1.1  christos {
   4855  1.1  christos   /* FIXME: carlton/2003-09-11: This should use allocate_block to
   4856  1.1  christos      allocate the block.  Which, in turn, suggests that the block
   4857  1.1  christos      should be allocated on an obstack.  */
   4858  1.1  christos   struct block *retval = xzalloc (sizeof (struct block));
   4859  1.1  christos 
   4860  1.1  christos   if (type == FUNCTION_BLOCK)
   4861  1.1  christos     BLOCK_DICT (retval) = dict_create_linear_expandable ();
   4862  1.1  christos   else
   4863  1.1  christos     BLOCK_DICT (retval) = dict_create_hashed_expandable ();
   4864  1.1  christos 
   4865  1.1  christos   return retval;
   4866  1.1  christos }
   4867  1.1  christos 
   4868  1.1  christos /* Create a new symbol with printname NAME.  */
   4869  1.1  christos 
   4870  1.1  christos static struct symbol *
   4871  1.1  christos new_symbol (char *name)
   4872  1.1  christos {
   4873  1.1  christos   struct symbol *s = allocate_symbol (mdebugread_objfile);
   4874  1.1  christos 
   4875  1.1  christos   SYMBOL_SET_LANGUAGE (s, psymtab_language,
   4876  1.1  christos 		       &mdebugread_objfile->objfile_obstack);
   4877  1.1  christos   SYMBOL_SET_NAMES (s, name, strlen (name), 1, mdebugread_objfile);
   4878  1.1  christos   return s;
   4879  1.1  christos }
   4880  1.1  christos 
   4881  1.1  christos /* Create a new type with printname NAME.  */
   4882  1.1  christos 
   4883  1.1  christos static struct type *
   4884  1.1  christos new_type (char *name)
   4885  1.1  christos {
   4886  1.1  christos   struct type *t;
   4887  1.1  christos 
   4888  1.1  christos   t = alloc_type (mdebugread_objfile);
   4889  1.1  christos   TYPE_NAME (t) = name;
   4890  1.1  christos   INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (t);
   4891  1.1  christos   return t;
   4892  1.1  christos }
   4893  1.1  christos 
   4894  1.1  christos /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a BFD section.  This is
   4896  1.1  christos    called from elfread.c.  It parses the section into a
   4897  1.1  christos    ecoff_debug_info struct, and then lets the rest of the file handle
   4898  1.1  christos    it as normal.  */
   4899  1.1  christos 
   4900  1.1  christos void
   4901  1.1  christos elfmdebug_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile,
   4902  1.1  christos 			  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap, asection *sec)
   4903  1.1  christos {
   4904  1.1  christos   bfd *abfd = objfile->obfd;
   4905  1.1  christos   struct ecoff_debug_info *info;
   4906  1.1  christos   struct cleanup *back_to;
   4907  1.1  christos 
   4908  1.1  christos   /* FIXME: It's not clear whether we should be getting minimal symbol
   4909  1.1  christos      information from .mdebug in an ELF file, or whether we will.
   4910  1.1  christos      Re-initialize the minimal symbol reader in case we do.  */
   4911  1.1  christos 
   4912  1.1  christos   init_minimal_symbol_collection ();
   4913  1.1  christos   back_to = make_cleanup_discard_minimal_symbols ();
   4914  1.1  christos 
   4915  1.1  christos   info = ((struct ecoff_debug_info *)
   4916  1.1  christos 	  obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
   4917  1.1  christos 			 sizeof (struct ecoff_debug_info)));
   4918  1.1  christos 
   4919  1.1  christos   if (!(*swap->read_debug_info) (abfd, sec, info))
   4920  1.1  christos     error (_("Error reading ECOFF debugging information: %s"),
   4921  1.1  christos 	   bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ()));
   4922  1.1  christos 
   4923  1.1  christos   mdebug_build_psymtabs (objfile, swap, info);
   4924  1.1  christos 
   4925  1.1  christos   install_minimal_symbols (objfile);
   4926  1.1  christos   do_cleanups (back_to);
   4927                }
   4928                
   4929                void
   4930                _initialize_mdebugread (void)
   4931                {
   4932                  basic_type_data = register_objfile_data ();
   4933                
   4934                  mdebug_register_index
   4935                    = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGISTER, &mdebug_register_funcs);
   4936                  mdebug_regparm_index
   4937                    = register_symbol_register_impl (LOC_REGPARM_ADDR, &mdebug_register_funcs);
   4938                }
   4939